diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index cfcc42c..f7e8f86 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ +2024-10-28 Bruno Haible + + doc: Improve text rendering in PDF output. + Suggested by Collin Funk in + . + * doc/texinfo.tex: Update from the texinfo-7.1 release. + * doc/gperf.texi: Override the colour for interactive links. Bump date. + 2024-09-01 Bruno Haible Replace FSF snail-mail addresses with URLs. diff --git a/doc/gperf.texi b/doc/gperf.texi index 4525834..24af8bf 100644 --- a/doc/gperf.texi +++ b/doc/gperf.texi @@ -15,16 +15,23 @@ @c @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header -@c some day we should @include version.texi instead of defining +@c Some day we should @include version.texi instead of defining @c these values at hand. -@set UPDATED 1 July 2023 +@set UPDATED 28 October 2024 @set EDITION 3.2 @set VERSION 3.2 @c --------------------- -@c remove the black boxes generated in the GPL appendix. +@c Remove the black boxes generated in the GPL appendix. @finalout +@c Use a brown colour for interactive links, like it was before commit +@c https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=texinfo.git;a=commitdiff;h=b4f50b9f4c083327e81ec5c7cde9b87234a19646 +@tex +\global\def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed} +\global\def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed} +@end tex + @c Merge functions into the concept index @syncodeindex fn cp @c @synindex pg cp @@ -40,7 +47,7 @@ This file documents the features of the GNU Perfect Hash Function Generator @value{VERSION}. -Copyright @copyright{} 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright @copyright{} 1989-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are @@ -78,7 +85,7 @@ Software Foundation instead of in the original English. @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @copyright{} 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright @copyright{} 1989-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex index bac0726..c96d4d7 100644 --- a/doc/texinfo.tex +++ b/doc/texinfo.tex @@ -1,13 +1,11 @@ % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% +% % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{2008-04-18.10} +\def\texinfoversion{2023-09-19.19} % -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, -% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -% 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as @@ -20,21 +18,22 @@ % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see . +% along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) +% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: -% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or +% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or +% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % @@ -54,17 +53,14 @@ % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % -% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. +% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - +% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for +% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. +\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% \chardef\other=12 @@ -93,11 +89,15 @@ \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexsp=\sp \let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptexsup=\sup \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top +{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. @@ -115,10 +115,11 @@ % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi @@ -152,20 +153,14 @@ \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi -% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} +% Give the space character the catcode for a space. +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} + +% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. +\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} -% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dashChar = `\- -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' -\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. @@ -187,46 +182,6 @@ wide-spread wrap-around } -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make @@ -243,7 +198,7 @@ \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 @@ -254,6 +209,13 @@ \errorcontextlines16 }% +% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things +% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, +% after all. +% +\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} +\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} + % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % @@ -264,19 +226,14 @@ \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} -% For @cropmarks command. -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% Output routine % -\newif\ifcropmarks -\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. -% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc -\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. @@ -287,99 +244,115 @@ % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top -% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is -% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two -% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and -% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... +% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. + +% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one +% mark before the section break, and one after. +% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, +% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. +% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous +% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section +% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. +% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. +% +% See page 260 of The TeXbook. \def\domark{% - \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% - \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% + \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% + \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% - \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% + \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% \mark{% - \the\toks0 \the\toks2 - \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 - \noexpand\else \the\toks8 + \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top + \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom + \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks }% } + +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, +% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. +% % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., -% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very -% first @chapter. +% @setcolor (or @url etc.) between @contents and the very first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% - \ifcase0\topmark\fi + \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} -\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} +\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. -\def\lastchapterdefs{} -\def\lastsectiondefs{} +\def\currentchapterdefs{} +\def\currentsectiondefs{} +\def\currentsection{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} -\def\lastcolordefs{} +\def\currentcolordefs{} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight % Main output routine. +% \chardef\PAGE = 255 -\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} +\newtoks\defaultoutput +\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} +\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine +% is run several times, hiding the original value of \topmark. Hence, save +% \topmark at the beginning. +% +\newtoks\savedtopmark +\newif\iftopmarksaved +\topmarksavedtrue +\def\savetopmark{% + \iftopmarksaved\else + \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% + \global\topmarksavedtrue + \fi +} + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. +% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer +% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written +% to the auxiliary files. +% \def\onepageout#1{% - \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + \hoffset=\normaloffset % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \checkchapterpage + % + % Make the heading and footing. \makeheadline and \makefootline + % use the contents of \headline and \footline. + \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% % {% + % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % - \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if - % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. - % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: - % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} - % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; - % it needs to be - % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} + \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \turnoffactive \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % - \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup - \hsize = \outerhsize - \vskip-\topandbottommargin - \vtop to0pt{% - \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% - \nointerlineskip - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% - }% - \vss}% - \vskip\topandbottommargin - \line\bgroup - \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. - \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox\bgroup - \fi - % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt @@ -390,31 +363,17 @@ \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % - \ifcropmarks - \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup - \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup - \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% - }% - \nointerlineskip - \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% - }% - \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause - \fi - }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \indexdummies + }% + }% + \global\topmarksavedfalse \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +% Main part of page, including any footnotes +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) @@ -425,20 +384,29 @@ \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} +% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. +\newif\ifchapterpage +\def\checkchapterpage{% + % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page + \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi + \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername + % + \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi + \let\curchaptername\thischaptername + % + \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername + \chapterpagefalse + \else + \chapterpagetrue + \fi +} + +% Argument parsing % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% @@ -457,51 +425,30 @@ }% } -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to +% \argremovespace. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovespace#1$ $\ArgTerm} +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, though; e.g., % @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} +% Note that the argument cannot contain the TeX $, as its catcode is +% changed to \other when Texinfo source is read. +\def\argremovespace#1 $#2\ArgTerm{\finishparsearg#1$\ArgTerm} % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \argtorun. -% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it +% just before passing the control to \next. +% (But first, we have to remove the remaining $ or two.) +\def\finishparsearg#1$#2\ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line +% % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } @@ -555,7 +502,7 @@ % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\long\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% @@ -574,19 +521,18 @@ } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% + outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv -% + +% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo. \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup @@ -596,85 +542,6 @@ \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and @@ -691,11 +558,14 @@ \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} +\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak +% @- allows explicit insertion of hyphenation points +\def\-{\discretionary{\normaldash}{}{}}% + % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} @@ -705,21 +575,6 @@ % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} -% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% -\def\onword{on} -\def\offword{off} -% -\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing - \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% - \fi\fi -} - % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. @@ -770,21 +625,26 @@ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. + \addgroupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} + +\def\addgroupbox{ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts } + % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. @@ -798,15 +658,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. @@ -817,32 +668,22 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % This is similar to the 'needspace' module in LaTeX. + % The first penalty allows a break if the end of the page is + % not too far away. Following penalties and skips are discarded. + % Otherwise, require at least \dimen0 of vertical space. % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + % (We used to use a \vtop to reserve space, but this had spacing issues + % when followed by a section heading, as it was not a "discardable item". + % This also has the benefit of providing glue before the page break if + % there isn't enough space.) + \vskip0pt plus \dimen0 + \penalty-100 + \vskip0pt plus -\dimen0 + \vskip \dimen0 \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak + \vskip -\dimen0 + \penalty0\relax % this hides the above glue from \safewhatsit and \dobreak \fi } @@ -870,7 +711,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} @@ -926,6 +767,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes @@ -944,6 +787,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other + \catcode`\`=\other + \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% @@ -959,7 +804,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} - +% \def\thisfile{} % @center line @@ -967,37 +812,48 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH + \let\centersub\centerH \else - \let\next\centerV + \let\centersub\centerV \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% +\def\centerH#1{{% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break +}} +% +\newcount\centerpenalty +\def\centerV#1{% + % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if + % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe + % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still + % prevent a page break here. + \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty + \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi + \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi + \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - +% \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} -\let\c=\comment +\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\cxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} +% +\let\comment\c % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. @@ -1068,173 +924,34 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% + \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% + \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% + \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% } - +% \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% + \global\let\indent = \ptexindent + \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global\everypar = {}% } - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode - \let\"=\ddot - \let\'=\acute - \let\==\bar - \let\^=\hat - \let\`=\grave - \let\u=\breve - \let\v=\check - \let\~=\tilde - \let\dotaccent=\dot - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } +% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent +\gdef\imageindent{% + \toks0=\everypar + \everypar={}% + \ptexnoindent + \global\everypar=\toks0 } -% Some math mode symbols. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} -\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} -\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} +% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored +\let\setfilename=\comment % @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} +\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} @@ -1249,14 +966,98 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA +\newbox\boxB \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest +% +% For LuaTeX +% + +\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname +\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. + +\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined +\else + % Use Unicode destination names + \txiuseunicodedestnametrue + % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 + \begingroup + \catcode`\%=12 + \directlua{ + function UTF16oct(str) + tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') + for c in string.utfvalues(str) do + if c < 0x10000 then + tex.sprint( + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) + else + c = c - 0x10000 + local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 + local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 + tex.sprint( + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), + math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) + end + end + end + } + \endgroup + \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} + % Escape PDF strings without converting + \begingroup + \directlua{ + function PDFescstr(str) + for c in string.bytes(str) do + if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then + tex.sprint(-2, + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + c)) + else + tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) + end + end + end + } + % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 + % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See + % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html + % + \endgroup + \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} + \ifnum\luatexversion>84 + % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 + \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} + \let\pdfoutput\outputmode + \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} + \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} + \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} + \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource + \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource + \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex + \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} + \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} + \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} + \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} + \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} + \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} + \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth + \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight + \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} + \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} + \fi +\fi + % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. +\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else @@ -1267,54 +1068,94 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \fi \fi +\newif\ifpdforxetex +\pdforxetexfalse +\ifpdf + \pdforxetextrue +\fi +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else + \pdforxetextrue +\fi + + +% Output page labels information. +% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. +% Page label ranges must be increasing. +\ifpdf +\def\pagelabels{% + \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% + % + % support @contents at very end of document + \ifnum\contentsendcount=\pagecount + \ifnum\arabiccount<\romancount + \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums + [\title + \the\arabiccount << /S /D >> + \the\romancount << /S /r >> + ] >> }\relax + \fi + % no contents in document + \else\ifnum\contentsendcount=0 + \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums + [\title + \the\arabiccount << /S /D >> + ] >> }\relax + \else + \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums + [\title + \the\romancount << /S /r >> + \the\contentsendcount << /S /D >> + ] >> }\relax + \fi\fi +} +\else + \let\pagelabels\relax +\fi + +\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 +\newcount\romancount \romancount=0 +\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 +\newcount\contentsendcount \contentsendcount=0 + +\ifpdf + \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno + \def\advancepageno{% + \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 + } +\fi + + % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html -% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX -% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do). - -% double active backslashes. % -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% - @catcode`@\=@active - @let\=@doublebackslash} +% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and +% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user +% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to +% do this reliably, so we use it. + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, +% which we \xdef. +\def\txiescapepdf#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined + % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? + % Many times it won't matter. + \xdef#1{#1}% + \else + % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, + % backslashes, and other special chars. + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% + \fi } - -% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are -% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as -% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor -% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission -% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. -% -% #1 is the tokens to replace. -% #2 is the replacement. -% #3 is the control sequence with the string. -% -\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% - \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% - ##1% - \ifx\\##2\\% - \else - #2% - \HyReturnAfterFi{% - \HyPsdReplace##2\END - }% - \fi - }% - \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% -} -\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. -\def\backslashparens#1{% - \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply - % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. - \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% - \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined + % No UTF-16 converting macro available. + \txiescapepdf{#1}% + \else + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% + \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images @@ -1324,23 +1165,35 @@ output) for that.)} \ifpdf % - % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex. - \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35} - \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1} + % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, + % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a + % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead + % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as + % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use + % black by default, though. + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); + % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}} % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\curcolor{0 0 0}% \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + \ifx#1\curcolor\else + \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + \xdef\curcolor{#1}% + \fi } % - \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack} + \let\maincolor\rgbBlack \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\lastcolordefs{} + \def\currentcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt @@ -1367,32 +1220,34 @@ output) for that.)} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among - % others). Let's try in that order. + % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup @@ -1404,8 +1259,8 @@ output) for that.)} \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else @@ -1415,25 +1270,83 @@ output) for that.)} \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% + \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \activebackslashdouble \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \iftxiuseunicodedestname + \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + % Pass through Latin-1 characters. + % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + % Pass through Unicode characters. + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi + \fi + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfdestname - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % + \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% + \indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark + % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for + % the "PDFDocEncoding". + \passthroughcharstrue + % Pass through Latin-1 characters. + % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode + % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. + % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, + % but the code for this isn't done yet. + % Use ASCII approximations. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \else + % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. + % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. + \passthroughcharstrue + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \fi + \else + % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. + % Use ASCII approximations. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \fi + \fi + % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 + % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding + \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext + }} + % + \def\pdfmkdest#1{% + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + } + % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % - % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as - % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. - \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed} - \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed} + % by default, use black for everything. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} + \let\linkcolor\rgbBlack \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines @@ -1455,29 +1368,19 @@ output) for that.)} % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% - \else - % Doubled backslashes in the name. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} + \setpdfdestname{#3} + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % - % Also double the backslashes in the display string. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% @@ -1516,7 +1419,13 @@ output) for that.)} % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. + % + % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number + % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much + % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% @@ -1531,25 +1440,41 @@ output) for that.)} % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too + % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents + % we use for the index sort strings. + % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi + \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \def\getfilename#1{% + \filenamelength=0 + % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get + % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". + \edef\temp{#1}% + \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax + } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else @@ -1562,15 +1487,22 @@ output) for that.)} % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. - % + % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} + % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may + % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index + % entry. \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} @@ -1592,11 +1524,13 @@ output) for that.)} \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% + \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}% + \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else + % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax @@ -1605,41 +1539,308 @@ output) for that.)} \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput +% +% For XeTeX +% +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined +\else + % + % XeTeX version check + % + \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 + % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. + % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). + % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special + % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. + \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} + % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. + % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. + \txiuseunicodedestnametrue + \else + % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the + % `dvipdfmx:config' special. + % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, + % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. + % + % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF + % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. + % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). + \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse + \fi + % + % Color support + % + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} + % + % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, + % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\setcolor#1{% + \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + } + % + \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} + \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} + \def\currentcolordefs{} + % + \def\makefootline{% + \baselineskip24pt + \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% + } + % + \def\makeheadline{% + \vbox to 0pt{% + \vskip-22.5pt + \line{% + \vbox to8.5pt{}% + % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. + \getcolormarks + % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% + }% + \vss + }% + \nointerlineskip + } + % + % PDF outline support + % + % Emulate pdfTeX primitive + \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% + \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% + } + % + \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \iftxiuseunicodedestname + % Pass through Unicode characters. + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname + }} + % + \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% + \turnoffactive + % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. + % So we do not convert. + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext + }} + % + \def\pdfmkdest#1{% + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + } + % + % by default, use black for everything. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} + \setpdfdestname{#3} + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{#4}% + \fi + % + \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A + << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % + % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. + % Therefore, we read toc only once. + % + % We use node names as destinations. + % + % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number + % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much + % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% + % + \let\appentry\numchapentry% + \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% + \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% + \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% + \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% + \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% + \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% + \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% + % + % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. + % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. + % + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \tocreadfilename + \endgroup + } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] + \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } + % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary + % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. + % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, + % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. + % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). +% + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{% + \filenamelength=0 + % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get + % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". + \edef\temp{#1}% + \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax + } + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % + \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}% + \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{% + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] + /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +% + % + % @image support + % + % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). + \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% + \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + % + % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. + \let\xeteximgext=\empty + \begingroup + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 + \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + % + % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line + % after the image. + \hbox\bgroup + \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% + \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext + \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \else + \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% + \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext + \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \else + \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \fi + \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax + \egroup + } +\fi + + +% \message{fonts,} -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font -} - -% Select #1 fonts with the current style. -% -\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - - -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. @@ -1651,6 +1852,7 @@ output) for that.)} % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % +\newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 @@ -1672,7 +1874,7 @@ output) for that.)} % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) -\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else +\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap @@ -1921,30 +2123,40 @@ end \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi +% +% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. +\let\cmap\gobble +% +% (end of cmaps) -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap -% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass -% empty to omit). +% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). +% Example: +% #1 = \textrm +% #2 = \rmshape +% #3 = 10 +% #4 = \mainmagstep +% #5 = OT1 +% \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% + \ifx#2\ttshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi + \ifx#2\ttbshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi + \ifx#2\ttslshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi } -% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. -\let\cmap\gobble -% emacs-page end of cmaps % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} @@ -1959,9 +2171,8 @@ end \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} -% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in -% Texinfo. -% +% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) +% \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} @@ -1981,8 +2192,10 @@ end % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} +\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf +\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} @@ -2012,6 +2225,20 @@ end \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} +% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). +\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} +\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\font\seveni=cmmi7 +\font\sevensy=cmsy7 +\def\sevenecsize{0700} + % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} @@ -2024,8 +2251,6 @@ end \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). @@ -2045,6 +2270,7 @@ end % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} @@ -2070,7 +2296,7 @@ end \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). +% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} @@ -2084,17 +2310,17 @@ end \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm -} % end of 11pt text font size definitions +} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. -% +% \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} @@ -2114,8 +2340,10 @@ end % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} +\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf +\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} @@ -2145,6 +2373,20 @@ end \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} +% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). +\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} +\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\font\seveni=cmmi7 +\font\sevensy=cmsy7 +\def\sevenecsize{0700} + % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} @@ -2157,8 +2399,6 @@ end \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). @@ -2185,7 +2425,7 @@ end \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 +\font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} @@ -2203,7 +2443,7 @@ end \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). +% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} @@ -2217,29 +2457,34 @@ end \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} -% reduce space between paragraphs -\divide\parskip by 2 - -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs +\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm -} % end of 10pt text font size definitions +} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. -% -\def\xword{10} +% \def\xiword{11} +\def\xword{10} +\def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% - \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. - % + % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi @@ -2250,96 +2495,130 @@ end \endgroup } - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). % -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy - \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font } -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the -% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire -% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} + +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. +% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. % +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont + \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont + \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont + % + % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless + % of the current font size. + \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy + \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl + \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt + \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf +} + + + +% \defineassignfonts{SIZE} - +% Define sequence \assignfontsSIZE, which switches between font sizes +% by redefining the meanings of \STYLEfont. (Just \STYLE additionally sets +% the current \fam for math mode.) +% +\def\defineassignfonts#1{% + \expandafter\edef\csname assignfonts#1\endcsname{% + \let\noexpand\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname + \let\noexpand\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname + \let\noexpand\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname + \let\noexpand\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname + \let\noexpand\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname + \let\noexpand\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname + \let\noexpand\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname + \let\noexpand\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname + \let\noexpand\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname + \let\noexpand\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname + } +} + +\def\assignfonts#1{% + \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname +} + +\newif\ifrmisbold + +% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size +% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for +% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. +\def\switchtolllsize{% + \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% + \ifrmisbold + \let\rmfont\bffont + \fi + \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname +}% + +\def\switchtolsize{% + \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% + \ifrmisbold + \let\rmfont\bffont + \fi + \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname +}% + +% Define the font-changing commands (all called \...fonts). % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used +% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % -% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% Note: The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for +% italics in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. % -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \def\curfontsize{text}% - \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} -\def\titlefonts{% - \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl - \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc - \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy - \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl - \def\curfontsize{title}% - \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% + \defineassignfonts{#1}% +\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% + \def\curfontsize{#1}% + \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% + \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname + \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname + \resetmathfonts + \setleading{#4}% +}} + +\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} + \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy - \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \def\curfontsize{chap}% - \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \def\curfontsize{sec}% - \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \def\curfontsize{ssec}% - \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts -\def\reducedfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl - \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc - \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy - \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl - \def\curfontsize{reduced}% - \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl - \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc - \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy - \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl - \def\curfontsize{small}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallerfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl - \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc - \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy - \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl - \def\curfontsize{smaller}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} +\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts +\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts + +% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts @@ -2354,65 +2633,185 @@ end % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. % --karl, 24jan03. - % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. #1 is what to +% print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print otherwise. +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + + +% Check if internal flag is clear, i.e. has not been @set. +\def\ifflagclear#1#2#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + #2\else#3\fi +} + +{ +\catcode`\'=\active +\catcode`\`=\active + +\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright} +\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq} +} +\setregularquotes + +% output for ' in @code +% in tt font hex 0D (undirected) or 27 (curly right quote) +% +\def\codequoteright{% + \ifusingtt + {\ifflagclear{txicodequoteundirected}% + {\ifflagclear{codequoteundirected}% + {'}% + {\char"0D }}% + {\char"0D }}% + {'}% +} + +% output for ` in @code +% in tt font hex 12 (grave accent) or 60 (curly left quote) +% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. +% +\def\codequoteleft{% + \ifusingtt + {\ifflagclear{txicodequotebacktick}% + {\ifflagclear{codequotebacktick}% + {\relax`}% + {\char"12 }}% + {\char"12 }}% + {\relax`}% +} + +% Commands to set the quote options. +% +\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Turn them on by default +\let\SETtxicodequoteundirected = t +\let\SETtxicodequotebacktick = t + + +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. +\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} +% Font commands. -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic +% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. +% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, +% and 2) do not add an italic correction. +\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% + \ifusingtt + {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% + {\def\next{{#1#2}\smartitaliccorrection}}% + \next +} +\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} +\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +% Output an italic correction unless the following character is such as +% not to need one. +\def\smartitaliccorrection{\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrectionx} +\def\smartitaliccorrectionx{% + \ifx\next,% + \else\ifx\next-% + \else\ifx\next.% + \else\ifx\next\.% + \else\ifx\next\comma% + \else\ptexslash + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \aftersmartic +} -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +% @cite unconditionally uses \sl with \smartitaliccorrection. +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\smartitaliccorrection} -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +% @var unconditionally uses \sl. This gives consistency for +% parameter names whether they are in @def, @table @code or a +% regular paragraph. +% To get ttsl font for @var when used in code context, @set txicodevaristt. +% The \null is to reset \spacefactor. +\def\aftersmartic{} +\def\var#1{% + \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic + \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% + % + \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}% + {\def\varnext{{{\sl #1}}\smartitaliccorrection}}% + {\def\varnext{\smartslanted{#1}}}% + \varnext +} + +% To be removed after next release +\def\SETtxicodevaristt{}% @set txicodevaristt \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic -% @b, explicit bold. +% @r for roman font, used for code comment +\def\r#1{{% + \usenormaldash % get --, --- ligatures even if in @code + \defcharsdefault % in case on def line + \rm #1}} +{\catcode`-=\active \gdef\usenormaldash{\let-\normaldash}} + +% @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } +\newif\iffrenchspacing +\frenchspacingfalse % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and @@ -2420,42 +2819,57 @@ end % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + \iffrenchspacing\else + \frenchspacingtrue + \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m + \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + \fi } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 - \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + \iffrenchspacing + \frenchspacingfalse + \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + \fi } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default +% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. +% +\def\onword{on} +\def\offword{off} +% +\let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing % used in output routine +\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainfrenchspacing + \else\ifx\temp\offword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi + \frenchspacingsetting +} + + +% @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% + {\tt \defcharsdefault \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp +% @samp. +\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. +\let\indicateurl=\samp + +% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same +% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. +% This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. @@ -2464,50 +2878,78 @@ end % Switch to typewriter. \tt % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + % `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% - \null + \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% This is for LuaTeX: It is not sufficient to disable hyphenation at +% explicit dashes by setting `\hyphenchar` to -1. +\def\dashnobreak{% + \normaldash + \penalty 10000 } + +% We must turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. +% We explicitly allow hyphenation at these characters +% using \discretionary. +% +% Hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words was turned off +% by default for the tt fonts using the \hyphenchar parameter of TeX. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active + \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active - \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft - % + \setcodequotes \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else - \let-\realdash + \let-\dashnobreak \let_\realunder \fi \codex } + % + \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} + \gdef\codedashfinish{% + \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. + % + % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless + % (a) the next character is a -, or + % (b) the preceding character is a -, or + % (c) we are at the start of the string. + % In both cases (b) and (c), \codedashnobreak should be set to \codedash. + % + % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. + % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. + \ifx\next\codedash \else + \ifx\codedashnobreak\codedash + \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi + \fi + % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a + % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. + \global\let\codedashnobreak= \next + } } +\def\normaldash{-} +% +\def\codex #1{\tclose{% + % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break + % after the -. \codedashnobreak is set to the first character in + % @code. + \futurelet\codedashnobreak\relax + #1% +}\endgroup} -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) @@ -2519,13 +2961,12 @@ end \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in -% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in -% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. -% +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. +% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - +% and _ on and off. +% \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} @@ -2539,12 +2980,181 @@ end \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. +% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, +% so use \code rather than \samp. +\let\command=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\file=\code +\let\option=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional +% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and +% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in +% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. + +% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second +% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). +\newif\ifurefurlonlylink + +% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in +% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to +% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not +% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere. +\def\nopretolerance{% +\pretolerance=-1 +\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}% +} + +% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected +% places within the url. +\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} +\let\uref=\urefbreak +% +\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} +\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX + \ifurefurlonlylink + % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg + \unhbox0 + \else + % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, + % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% + \fi + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url + \else + % For XeTeX + \ifurefurlonlylink + % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg + \unhbox0 + \else + % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, + % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). +\def\urefcatcodes{% + \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active + \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active + \catcode`\/=\active +} +{ + \urefcatcodes + % + \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup + \setcodequotes + \urefcatcodes + \let&\urefcodeamp + \let.\urefcodedot + \let#\urefcodehash + \let?\urefcodequest + \let/\urefcodeslash + \codex + } + % + % By default, they are just regular characters. + \global\def&{\normalamp} + \global\def.{\normaldot} + \global\def#{\normalhash} + \global\def?{\normalquest} + \global\def/{\normalslash} +} + +\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} +{ + \catcode`\/=\active + \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% + \urefprebreak \slashChar + % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of + % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. + \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi + } +} + +% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to +% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at +% all, for manual control. +% +\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\wordnone + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore + \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\wordafter{after} +\def\wordbefore{before} +\def\wordnone{none} + +% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can +% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in +% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added +% at the end of the line, or no break at all here. +% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how +% preferable one choice is over the other. +\def\urefallowbreak{% + \penalty0\relax + \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax + \penalty1000\relax + \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax +} + +\urefbreakstyle after + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdforxetex + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), @@ -2559,26 +3169,33 @@ end \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} -% Default is `distinct.' +% Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} +\def\kbd#1{% + \tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes#1}% +} -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\command=\code +% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. +%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +%\font\keysy=cmsy9 +%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% +% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% +% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt +% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% +% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% +% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} + +% definition of @key with no lozenge. +% +\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes \tt #1}\null} % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} @@ -2587,95 +3204,28 @@ end \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. -% +% \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% + {\switchtolsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% +% \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% @@ -2683,63 +3233,379 @@ end \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no +% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode + \let\"=\ddot + \let\'=\acute + \let\==\bar + \let\^=\hat + \let\`=\grave + \let\u=\breve + \let\v=\check + \let\~=\tilde + \let\dotaccent=\dot + % have to provide another name for sup operator + \let\mathopsup=\sup + $\expandafter\finishmath\fi +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \catcode`' = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + \let' = \ptexquoteright + } +} + +% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. +% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch +% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the +% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not +% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. +% +\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} +\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% +% +\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} +\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% + +% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common +\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}} + +% @displaymath. +% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and +% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex. +{\obeylines +\globaldefs=1 +\envdef\displaymath{% +\tex% +\def\thisenv{\displaymath}% +\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend% +$$% +} + +\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}% + +\def\Edisplaymath{% +\def\thisenv{\tex}% +\end tex +}} + + +% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. +% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, +% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. +% +\def\outfmtnametex{tex} +% +\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi +} +% +% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if +% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. +\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi +} +% +% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid +% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for +% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being +% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal +% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as +% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the +% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. +% +\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} +\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} +\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinerawname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi + \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. +} + +% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax + \else\ignorespaces#2\fi +} + +% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi +} + + +\message{glyphs,} +% and logos. + +% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. +\def\@{\char64 } +\let\atchar=\@ + +% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. +\def\lbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char123}{\ensuremath\lbrace}}} +\def\rbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char125}{\ensuremath\rbrace}}} +\let\{=\lbracechar +\let\}=\rbracechar + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \ptexc +\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \ptext +\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% + \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt + % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. + % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + \ifx\curfontsize\smallword + % For footnotes and indices + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. + \switchtolllsize A% + \fi + \fi + }% + \vss + }}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} +\def\smallword{small} + +% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode +% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, +% but safer, and can't hurt. +\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} +\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} +% +\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} +\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} +\def\leq{\ensuremath\le} +\def\minus{\ensuremath-} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} +\def\pounds{{\ifusingtt{\ecfont\char"BF}{\it\$}}} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% +% % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. -% +% % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted -% +% % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. -% +% % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. -% -% +% +% \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. - % + % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. - % + % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % + % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else + \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } -% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro. We don't -% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original -% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition. +% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because +% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect +% the redefinition. +% +% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. +\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth +\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth +\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn +\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn +% \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} @@ -2749,20 +3615,62 @@ end \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % -\def\ecfont{% - % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this +\def\L{{\ecfont \char"8A}} % L with stroke +\def\l{{\ecfont \char"AA}} % l with stroke +% +% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but +% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the +% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer +% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. +% +% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using +% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in +% the same EC font. +\def\ogonek#1{{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek + \else + \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% + \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi + }% +} +\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} +\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} +\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} +\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} +% +% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) +% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text +% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec +% package and follow the same conventions. +% +\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} +\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} +% +\def\etcfont#1{% + % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - % regular: - \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \fi + \ifusingtt + % typewriter: + {\font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize}% + % else + {\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + % regular: + \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \fi}% \thisecfont } @@ -2771,29 +3679,40 @@ end % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % -\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} +\def\textdegree{% + \ifmmode ^\circ + \else {\tcfont \char 176}% + \fi} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined +% +\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. -\chardef\quotedblleft="5C -\chardef\quotedblright=`\" \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' +% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using +% \ecfont unless necessary. +\def\quotedblleft{% + \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"10}}{{\char"5C}}% +} + +\def\quotedblright{% + \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"11}}{{\char`\"}}% +} + \message{page headings,} @@ -2804,21 +3723,26 @@ end \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage -% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the -% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% -\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or +% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. +\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% + \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo + command; move your @contents command if you want the contents + after the title page.}}% +\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% + \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo + command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you + want the contents after the title page.}}% -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% + {\headingsoff \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}\pageone} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \headingsoff % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. @@ -2846,25 +3770,9 @@ end % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage + \pageone \endgroup % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi } \def\finishtitlepage{% @@ -2873,17 +3781,27 @@ end \finishedtitlepagetrue } -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: +% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, +% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used +% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should +% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. +% +\def\raggedtitlesettings{% + \rm + \hyphenpenalty=10000 + \parindent=0pt + \tolerance=5000 + \ptexraggedright +} -\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} + \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt @@ -2904,25 +3822,33 @@ end \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% + {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% \fi } -%%% Set up page headings and footings. +% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter +\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages -% Now make TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting + \ifchapterpage + \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi + \else + \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi + \fi}} + +\footline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting + \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}% + \HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. @@ -2936,12 +3862,14 @@ end \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} + \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% @@ -2957,7 +3885,7 @@ end % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt + \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } @@ -2974,13 +3902,17 @@ end % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks +% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, +% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. +% \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} -\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} +\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } -\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} +\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% @@ -3001,55 +3933,62 @@ end % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} +\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination + \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% + \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% +} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting + +% Set the page number to 1. +\def\pageone{ + \global\pageno=1 + \global\arabiccount = \pagecount +} + +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} % defined by \CHAPPAGon -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdouble} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsingle} \def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +% for @setchapternewpage off +\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline +\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } @@ -3057,7 +3996,7 @@ end % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined +\ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month @@ -3118,7 +4057,7 @@ end \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % @@ -3132,7 +4071,7 @@ end % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % + % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse @@ -3226,9 +4165,18 @@ end \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + % + % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says + % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error + % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the + % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if + % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% + % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + % \let\item=\itemizeitem } @@ -3249,7 +4197,13 @@ end \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + % + \ifinner\else + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. + \fi + % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an + % @itemize looks awful there. + }% \flushcr } @@ -3343,82 +4297,8 @@ end \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - % @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt -% if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. -% -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % @@ -3466,21 +4346,23 @@ end \go } -% multitable-only commands. +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments +% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an +% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to +% undo it ourselves. +\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable +\def\headitem{% + \crcr % must appear first + \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings + \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs + \the\everytab % for the first item +}% % -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% +% default for tables with no headings. +\let\headitemcrhook=\relax % -% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template -% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. -% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: -% \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% @@ -3495,23 +4377,22 @@ end % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 - \setmultitablespacing - \parskip=\multitableparskip - \parindent=\multitableparindent + \parskip=0pt + \parindent=6pt \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% + \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + % + % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + % + % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: + \headitemcrhook + \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax }% }% % @@ -3527,47 +4408,24 @@ end % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \multistrut + \strut \vtop{% - % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip + % Find the correct column width \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt + \advance\rightskip by -1\rightskip % Zero leaving only any stretch \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other. + \leftskip=12pt + \ifsetpercent \else + % If a template has been used + \advance\hsize by \leftskip + \fi \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively - % marking characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% @@ -3576,35 +4434,10 @@ end \global\setpercentfalse } -\def\setmultitablespacing{% - \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing - % - % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in - % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on - % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. - % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip -\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 -\fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - \message{conditionals,} -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotlatex, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't @@ -3618,6 +4451,7 @@ end \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotlatex} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} @@ -3630,10 +4464,12 @@ end \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\iflatex{\doignore{iflatex}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\latex{\doignore{latex}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} @@ -3750,7 +4586,7 @@ end \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue @@ -3759,18 +4595,10 @@ end % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). -% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since -% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the -% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain -% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work -% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% @@ -3780,10 +4608,36 @@ end \fi } +% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the +% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when +% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. +% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it +% will be set by the time it is read back in. +% +% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. +\def\dummyvalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \string\value{#1}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value +% if possible, otherwise sort late. +\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + ZZZZZZZ% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call +% \makecond and then redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} @@ -3799,7 +4653,7 @@ end } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the @@ -3810,6 +4664,35 @@ end \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} +% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written +% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the +% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered +% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. +% +\makecond{ifcommanddefined} +\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} +% +\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} + +% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. +\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} +\def\ifcommandnotdefined{% + \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} +\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} + +% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to +% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. +\set txicommandconditionals + % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment @@ -3825,19 +4708,14 @@ end % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. +% \newindex {IX} defines an index named IX. +% It automatically defines \IXindex such that +% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. +% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. % \def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } @@ -3851,14 +4729,19 @@ end \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } +% The default indices: +\newindex{cp}% concepts, +\newcodeindex{fn}% functions, +\newcodeindex{vr}% variables, +\newcodeindex{tp}% types, +\newcodeindex{ky}% keys +\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. + % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. @@ -3872,14 +4755,7 @@ end % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up - % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined - % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the - % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. - \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 - \fi + \requireopenindexfile{#3}% % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp @@ -3887,386 +4763,537 @@ end \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. +% and it is the two-letter name of the index. -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} +\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} +\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}} -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. + +% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively +% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, +% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for +% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word +% from whatever follows. % -\def\indexdummies{% - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. - \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% - % - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is - % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts - % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, - % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput - % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput - % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that - % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it - % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that - % is still getting written without apparent harm. - % - % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to - % help-texinfo, 22may06): - % @macro funindex {WORD} - % @findex xyz - % @end macro - % ... - % @funindex commtest - % - % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. - % - % Sample whatsit resulting: - % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} - % - % So: - \let\endinput = \empty - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} +% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and +% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then +% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). +% +% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the +% space. +% +\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% +\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% -% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to -% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of -% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, -% this will be simpler. +% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo +% commands. Most of the commands are controlled through the +% \ifdummies conditional. % \def\atdummies{% - \def\@{@@}% - \def\ {@ }% - \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd - \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + \dummiestrue % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies - \otherbackslash -} - -% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. -% -\def\commondummies{% - % - % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively - % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, - % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for - % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word - % from whatever follows. - % - % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the - % space. - % - % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and - % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then - % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). - % - \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% - \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - \commondummiesnofonts + \definedummyletter\@% + \definedummyletter\ % + \definedummyletter\{% + \definedummyletter\}% + \definedummyletter\&% % \definedummyletter\_% + \definedummyletter\-% % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword\AA - \definedummyword\AE - \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\OE - \definedummyword\O - \definedummyword\aa - \definedummyword\ae - \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\oe - \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\questiondown - \definedummyword\ordf - \definedummyword\ordm - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword\bf - \definedummyword\gtr - \definedummyword\hat - \definedummyword\less - \definedummyword\sf - \definedummyword\sl - \definedummyword\tclose - \definedummyword\tt - % - \definedummyword\LaTeX - \definedummyword\TeX - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword\bullet - \definedummyword\comma - \definedummyword\copyright - \definedummyword\registeredsymbol - \definedummyword\dots - \definedummyword\enddots - \definedummyword\equiv - \definedummyword\error - \definedummyword\euro - \definedummyword\guillemetleft - \definedummyword\guillemetright - \definedummyword\guilsinglleft - \definedummyword\guilsinglright - \definedummyword\expansion - \definedummyword\minus - \definedummyword\pounds - \definedummyword\point - \definedummyword\print - \definedummyword\quotedblbase - \definedummyword\quotedblleft - \definedummyword\quotedblright - \definedummyword\quoteleft - \definedummyword\quoteright - \definedummyword\quotesinglbase - \definedummyword\result - \definedummyword\textdegree + \definedummyword\subentry % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. + \let\commondummyword\definedummyword \macrolist + \let\value\dummyvalue % - \normalturnoffactive - % - % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any - % (non-fully-expandable) commands. - \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive } -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. -% -\def\commondummiesnofonts{% +\newif\ifdummies +\newif\ifindexnofonts + +\def\commondummyletter#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\ifindexnofonts + % empty expansion + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1% + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname + \noexpand\fi + \noexpand\fi}% +} + +\def\commondummyaccent#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\ifindexnofonts + \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi + \noexpand\asis + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1% + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname + \noexpand\fi + \noexpand\fi}% +} + +% Like \commondummyaccent but add a \space at the end of the dummy expansion +% #2 is the expansion used for \indexnofonts. #2 is always followed by +% \asis to remove a pair of following braces. +\def\commondummyword#1#2{% + \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1% + \expandafter\def\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname{#2\asis}% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\ifindexnofonts + \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1\space + \noexpand\else + \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi \fi + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname + \noexpand\fi + \noexpand\fi}% +} +\def\jumptwofi#1\fi\fi{\fi\fi#1} + +% For \atdummies and \indexnofonts. \atdummies sets +% \dummiestrue and \indexnofonts sets \indexnofontstrue. +\def\definedummies{ + % @-sign is always an escape character when reading auxiliary files + \escapechar = `\@ + % + \commondummyletter\!% + \commondummyaccent\"% + \commondummyaccent\'% + \commondummyletter\*% + \commondummyaccent\,% + \commondummyletter\.% + \commondummyletter\/% + \commondummyletter\:% + \commondummyaccent\=% + \commondummyletter\?% + \commondummyaccent\^% + \commondummyaccent\`% + \commondummyaccent\~% + % % Control letters and accents. - \definedummyletter\!% - \definedummyaccent\"% - \definedummyaccent\'% - \definedummyletter\*% - \definedummyaccent\,% - \definedummyletter\.% - \definedummyletter\/% - \definedummyletter\:% - \definedummyaccent\=% - \definedummyletter\?% - \definedummyaccent\^% - \definedummyaccent\`% - \definedummyaccent\~% - \definedummyword\u - \definedummyword\v - \definedummyword\H - \definedummyword\dotaccent - \definedummyword\ringaccent - \definedummyword\tieaccent - \definedummyword\ubaraccent - \definedummyword\udotaccent - \definedummyword\dotless + \commondummyword\u {}% + \commondummyword\v {}% + \commondummyword\H {}% + \commondummyword\dotaccent {}% + \commondummyword\ogonek {}% + \commondummyword\ringaccent {}% + \commondummyword\tieaccent {}% + \commondummyword\ubaraccent {}% + \commondummyword\udotaccent {}% + \commondummyword\dotless {}% % % Texinfo font commands. - \definedummyword\b - \definedummyword\i - \definedummyword\r - \definedummyword\sc - \definedummyword\t + \commondummyword\b {}% + \commondummyword\i {}% + \commondummyword\r {}% + \commondummyword\sansserif {}% + \commondummyword\sc {}% + \commondummyword\slanted {}% + \commondummyword\t {}% % % Commands that take arguments. - \definedummyword\acronym - \definedummyword\cite - \definedummyword\code - \definedummyword\command - \definedummyword\dfn - \definedummyword\emph - \definedummyword\env - \definedummyword\file - \definedummyword\kbd - \definedummyword\key - \definedummyword\math - \definedummyword\option - \definedummyword\pxref - \definedummyword\ref - \definedummyword\samp - \definedummyword\strong - \definedummyword\tie - \definedummyword\uref - \definedummyword\url - \definedummyword\var - \definedummyword\verb - \definedummyword\w - \definedummyword\xref + \commondummyword\abbr {}% + \commondummyword\acronym {}% + \commondummyword\anchor {}% + \commondummyword\cite {}% + \commondummyword\code {}% + \commondummyword\command {}% + \commondummyword\dfn {}% + \commondummyword\dmn {}% + \commondummyword\email {}% + \commondummyword\emph {}% + \commondummyword\env {}% + \commondummyword\file {}% + \commondummyword\image {}% + \commondummyword\indicateurl{}% + \commondummyword\inforef {}% + \commondummyword\kbd {}% + \commondummyword\key {}% + \commondummyword\link {}% + \commondummyword\math {}% + \commondummyword\option {}% + \commondummyword\pxref {}% + \commondummyword\ref {}% + \commondummyword\samp {}% + \commondummyword\strong {}% + \commondummyword\tie {}% + \commondummyword\U {}% + \commondummyword\uref {}% + \commondummyword\url {}% + \commondummyword\var {}% + \commondummyword\verb {}% + \commondummyword\w {}% + \commondummyword\xref {}% + % + \commondummyword\AA {AA}% + \commondummyword\AE {AE}% + \commondummyword\DH {DZZ}% + \commondummyword\L {L}% + \commondummyword\O {O}% + \commondummyword\OE {OE}% + \commondummyword\TH {TH}% + \commondummyword\aa {aa}% + \commondummyword\ae {ae}% + \commondummyword\dh {dzz}% + \commondummyword\exclamdown {!}% + \commondummyword\l {l}% + \commondummyword\o {o}% + \commondummyword\oe {oe}% + \commondummyword\ordf {a}% + \commondummyword\ordm {o}% + \commondummyword\questiondown {?}% + \commondummyword\ss {ss}% + \commondummyword\th {th}% + % + \commondummyword\LaTeX {LaTeX}% + \commondummyword\TeX {TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + \commondummyword\ampchar {\normalamp}% + \commondummyword\atchar {\@}% + \commondummyword\arrow {->}% + \commondummyword\backslashchar {\realbackslash}% + \commondummyword\bullet {bullet}% + \commondummyword\comma {,}% + \commondummyword\copyright {copyright}% + \commondummyword\dots {...}% + \commondummyword\enddots {...}% + \commondummyword\entrybreak {}% + \commondummyword\equiv {===}% + \commondummyword\error {error}% + \commondummyword\euro {euro}% + \commondummyword\expansion {==>}% + \commondummyword\geq {>=}% + \commondummyword\guillemetleft {<<}% + \commondummyword\guillemetright {>>}% + \commondummyword\guilsinglleft {<}% + \commondummyword\guilsinglright {>}% + \commondummyword\lbracechar {\{}% + \commondummyword\leq {<=}% + \commondummyword\mathopsup {sup}% + \commondummyword\minus {-}% + \commondummyword\pounds {pounds}% + \commondummyword\point {.}% + \commondummyword\print {-|}% + \commondummyword\quotedblbase {"}% + \commondummyword\quotedblleft {"}% + \commondummyword\quotedblright {"}% + \commondummyword\quoteleft {`}% + \commondummyword\quoteright {'}% + \commondummyword\quotesinglbase {,}% + \commondummyword\rbracechar {\}}% + \commondummyword\registeredsymbol {R}% + \commondummyword\result {=>}% + \commondummyword\sub {}% + \commondummyword\sup {}% + \commondummyword\textdegree {o}% } +\let\indexlbrace\relax +\let\indexrbrace\relax +\let\indexatchar\relax +\let\indexbackslash\relax + +{\catcode`\@=0 +\catcode`\\=13 + @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} +} + +{ +\catcode`\<=13 +\catcode`\-=13 +\catcode`\`=13 + \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% + \ifflagclear{txiindexlquoteignore}{}{% + % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. + % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) + \let`=\empty + }% + % + \ifflagclear{txiindexbackslashignore}{}{% + \backslashdisappear + }% + \ifflagclear{txiindexhyphenignore}{}{% + \def-{}% + }% + \ifflagclear{txiindexlessthanignore}{}{% + \def<{}% + }% + \ifflagclear{txiindexatsignignore}{}{% + \def\@{}% + }% + } + + \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% + \let-\normaldash + \let<\normalless + } +} + + % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. - \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis + \indexnofontstrue % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% + \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% + \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% + \let\lbracechar\{% + \let\rbracechar\}% % - \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \def\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) - \def\bullet{bullet}% - \def\comma{,}% - \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% - \def\dots{...}% - \def\enddots{...}% - \def\equiv{==}% - \def\error{error}% - \def\euro{euro}% - \def\guillemetleft{<<}% - \def\guillemetright{>>}% - \def\guilsinglleft{<}% - \def\guilsinglright{>}% - \def\expansion{==>}% - \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% - \def\point{.}% - \def\print{-|}% - \def\quotedblbase{"}% - \def\quotedblleft{"}% - \def\quotedblright{"}% - \def\quoteleft{`}% - \def\quoteright{'}% - \def\quotesinglbase{,}% - \def\result{=>}% - \def\textdegree{degrees}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. - % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up - % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry - % that starts with \. - % + % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % + % + \def\commondummyword##1{\let##1\asis}% \macrolist + \let\value\indexnofontsvalue } -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + + -% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} - -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception -% is with most defuns, which call us directly). -% -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% +\def\doind#1#2{% \iflinks {% - % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). - \toks0 = {#2}% - % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else - \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% - \fi % + \requireopenindexfile{#1}% \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % - \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite + \def\indextext{#2}% + \safewhatsit\doindwrite }% \fi } -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: -% -\def\dosubindwrite{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % Remember, we are within a group. - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% +% Same as \doind, but for code indices +\def\docind#1#2{% + \iflinks + {% + % + \requireopenindexfile{#1}% + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \def\indextext{#2}% + \safewhatsit\docindwrite }% + \fi +} + +% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. +\def\requireopenindexfile#1{% +\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \edef\suffix{#1}% + % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output + % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. + \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi + % Open the file + \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix + % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current + % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for + % preceding skips. + \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% +\fi} +\def\indexisfl{fl} + +% Definition for writing index entry sort key. +{ +\catcode`\-=13 +\gdef\indexwritesortas{% + \begingroup + \indexnonalnumreappear + \indexwritesortasxxx} +\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% + \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} +} + +\def\indexwriteseealso#1{ + \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% +} +\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ + \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% +} + +% The default definitions +\def\sortas#1{}% +\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only +\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} +\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only + + +% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": +% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" +% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" +% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext +% +\def\splitindexentry#1{% + \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% + \xdef\bracedtext{}% + \def\sep{}% + \def\seealso##1{}% + \def\seeentry##1{}% + \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry +} + +% append the results from the next segment +\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% + \def\segment{#1}% + \ifx\segment\isfinish + \else + % + % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and + % trim spaces. + \edef\trimmed{\segment}% + \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% + \ifincodeindex + \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}% + \fi + % + \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% + % + % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all + % font commands turned off. + \bgroup + \let\sortas\indexwritesortas + \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso + \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry + \indexnofonts + % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. + \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% + \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% + \let\{=\lbracechar + \let\}=\rbracechar + \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% + \def\atchar##1{\@}% + \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% + % + \let\indexsortkey\empty + \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty + % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes + % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. + \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% + \indexnonalnumdisappear + \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% + \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% + \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty + \message{Empty index sort key near line \the\inputlineno}% + \xdef\indexsortkey{ }% + \fi + }\fi + % + % Append to \fullindexsortkey. + \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% + \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% + \tmp + \egroup + \def\sep{\subentry}% + % + \expandafter\doindexsegment + \fi +} +\def\isfinish{\finish}% +\newbox\dummybox % used above + +\let\subentry\relax + +% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. +% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux +% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses +% the current value of \escapechar. +\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} + +% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape +% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When +% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then +% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy +% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in +% index files, never standing for themselves. +% +\set txiindexescapeisbackslash + +% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. +% + +\newif\ifincodeindex +\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex} +\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex} + +\def\doindwritex{% + \maybemarginindex + % + \atdummies + % + \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{}{\escapeisbackslash}% + % + % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. + \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% + \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% + % + % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index + % sort key. + \splitindexentry\indextext % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. + % \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% + {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% + \bracedtext}% }% \temp } +% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). +\def\maybemarginindex{% + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% + \fi +} +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax + + % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it @@ -4302,10 +5329,9 @@ end % % ..., ready, GO: % -\def\safewhatsit#1{% -\ifhmode +\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode #1% -\else + \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% @@ -4329,7 +5355,6 @@ end % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. @@ -4342,8 +5367,7 @@ end % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi -\fi -} +\fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} @@ -4356,9 +5380,14 @@ end % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} +% \entry {topic}{} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. +% \secondary {subtopic}{} +% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics +% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} +% for each sub-subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. @@ -4370,11 +5399,6 @@ end \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. @@ -4388,57 +5412,127 @@ end \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % + % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. + \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi + % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains - % \initial {@} - % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces - % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent + \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% \else - % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp + \read 1 to \thisline \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s - \enddoublecolumns + \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} +% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index +% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have +% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would +% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. +\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% + \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{% + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 + \ifflagclear{txiskipindexfileswithbackslash}{% +\errmessage{% +ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. +To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' +or 'texi2pdf' to that at . +If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo +distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). +You may be able to typeset the index if you run +'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. +You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by +running a command like +'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do +this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. +If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again +might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% +}% + }{% + (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) + }% + \else + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.\indexname s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + }{% + \begindoublecolumns + \catcode`\\=0\relax + % + % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This + % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files. + %\catcode`\@=12\relax + \catcode`\@=0\relax + \input \jobname.\indexname s + \enddoublecolumns + }% +} + % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt +{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 +\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 +\catcode`\$=3 +\gdef\initialglyphs{% + % special control sequences used in the index sort key + \let\indexlbrace\{% + \let\indexrbrace\}% + \let\indexatchar\@% + \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% % + % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the + % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere + % for these characters. + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} + % + % In case @\ is used for backslash + \uppercase{\let\\=~} + % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash + \catcode`\/=13 + \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% + \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' + \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% + \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% + \def\_{% + \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% + \def|{$\vert$}% + \def<{$\less$}% + \def>{$\gtr$}% + \def+{$\normalplus$}% +}} + +\def\initial{% + \bgroup + \initialglyphs + \initialx +} + +\def\initialx#1{% % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the + % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip + \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip + \penalty -300 + \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column @@ -4446,25 +5540,34 @@ end % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip + \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% + % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of + % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that + % \leftline creates. % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} + \egroup % \initialglyphs +} + +\newdimen\entryrightmargin +\entryrightmargin=0pt + +% amount to indent subsequent lines in an entry when it spans more than +% one line. +\newdimen\entrycontskip +\entrycontskip=1em + +% for PDF output, whether to make the text of the entry a link to the page +% number. set for @contents and @shortcontents where there is only one +% page number. +\newif\iflinkentrytext % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 \def\entry{% \begingroup % @@ -4472,117 +5575,149 @@ end % affect previous text. \par % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing - % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks + % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section + % titles, for instance. + \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% + \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } +\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% + % Save the text of the entry in \boxA + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. + % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems + % with catcodes occurring. } -\def\finishentry#1{% - % #1 is the page number. - % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt - \ % - \else - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA +{\catcode`\@=11 +% #1 is the page number +\gdef\finishentry#1{% + \egroup % end \boxA + \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry + % add any leaders and page number to \boxA. + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup + \ifpdforxetex + \iflinkentrytext + \pdflinkpage{#1}{\unhbox\boxA}% + \else + \unhbox\boxA + \fi \else - \ #1% + \unhbox\boxA \fi + % + % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use + % leaders if they are present. + \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \null\nobreak\hfill\ % + \else + % + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + \ifpdforxetex + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA + \else + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% + \fi + \fi + \egroup % end \boxA + % + % now output + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par + \nobreak + \else\bgroup + % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the + % page numbers to be aligned to the right. + % + \parindent = 0pt + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill + \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill + % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own + % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. + \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill + % + \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin + % + \dimen@ii = \hsize + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin + \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line + \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right + % + % Indent all lines but the first one. + \advance\leftskip by \entrycontskip + \advance\parindent by -\entrycontskip + \fi\fi + \indent % start paragraph + \unhbox\boxA + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % Word spacing - no stretch + \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font + % + \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. + \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. + % + \par % format the paragraph + \egroup % The \vbox \fi - \par \endgroup -} +}} -% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. +\newskip\thinshrinkable +\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em + +% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 0.5 em. +% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push +% the page number to the right. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 0.5em plus 1filll} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm -\def\secondary#1#2{{% - \parfillskip=0in - \parskip=0in - \hangindent=1in - \hangafter=1 - \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. - \else - #2 - \fi - \par -}} +\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} +\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} + +\def\indententry#1#2#3{% + \bgroup + \leftskip=#1 + \entry{#2}{#3}% + \egroup +} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 +\catcode`\@=11 % private names \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % If not much space left on page, start a new page. + \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi + % % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% - % - % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a - % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output - % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is - % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal - % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this - % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. - \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% - \fi + \savetopmark % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. @@ -4607,7 +5742,7 @@ end % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumnhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % @@ -4616,27 +5751,31 @@ end \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. + \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage + \vsize = 2\vsize + % + % For the benefit of balancing columns + \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + % + \savetopmark + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 + \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ + \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage + \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called + \unvbox\PAGE \penalty\outputpenalty } % @@ -4647,10 +5786,11 @@ end % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% + \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } -% -% All done with double columns. + + +% Finished with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the @@ -4673,7 +5813,7 @@ end % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns - % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see + % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the @@ -4681,53 +5821,88 @@ end \penalty0 % \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. + % Split the last of the double-column material. + \savetopmark \balancecolumns - % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + }% + \eject % call the \output just set + \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt + % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) - \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% - }% - \eject - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the - % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). - \pagegoal = \vsize + % definition right away. + \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} + % + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic + % page break. + \box\balancedcolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. + \global\vsize = \txipageheight % + \pagegoal = \txipageheight % + \else + % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout + % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. + \expandafter\enddoublecolumns + \fi } +\newbox\balancedcolumns +\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% % -% Called at the end of the double column material. +% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout +% does the others. \def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip + % Don't split a short final column in two. + \setbox2=\vbox{}% + \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% + \else + % double the leading vertical space + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + \dimen@ii = \dimen@ + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. + % + % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. + % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so + % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). + \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize + % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. + % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. + \setbox\PAGE=\box0 + \doublecolumnout + \else + % Compare the heights of the two columns. + \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 + % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms + % flush with each other. + \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% + \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% + \else + % Make column bottoms flush with each other. + \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% + \fi + \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% + \fi + \fi % - \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other @@ -4735,7 +5910,26 @@ end \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% Let's start with @part. +\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} +\def\partzzz#1{% + \chapoddpage + \null + \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit + \begingroup + \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text + \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with + \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc + \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page + % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter + % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. + \let\pchapsepmacro\relax + \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + \chapoddpage + \endgroup +} + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 @@ -4804,18 +5998,16 @@ end % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. @@ -4840,8 +6032,8 @@ end % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel + \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: @@ -4853,10 +6045,10 @@ end \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: @@ -4910,7 +6102,9 @@ end \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% @@ -4921,15 +6115,17 @@ end \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz +% \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% + % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % @@ -4938,7 +6134,8 @@ end \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 @@ -4970,9 +6167,6 @@ end % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax @@ -4982,40 +6176,47 @@ end \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. +% \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +% +% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -5023,21 +6224,25 @@ end } % Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +% +% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -5053,15 +6258,6 @@ end % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz @@ -5069,10 +6265,8 @@ end \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% + \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } @@ -5088,16 +6282,19 @@ end % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - \newskip\chapheadingskip +% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} + +% Start a new page \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. @@ -5105,74 +6302,83 @@ end \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup - \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% - \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% - \hbox to 0pt{}% + \headingsoff + \null \chappager \endgroup \fi } -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} +\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname\HEADINGSon} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} -\CHAPPAGon +\setchapternewpage on -% Chapter opening. +% \chapmacro - Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% Not used for @heading series. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +% +% +% Definitions for @thischapter. These can be overridden in translation +% files. +\def\thischapterAppendix{% + \putwordAppendix{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername} + +\def\thischapterChapter{% + \putwordChapter{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername} +% % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else + \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. + \fi % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs - \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs + \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterAppendix }% \else \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterChapter }% \fi\fi\fi % @@ -5185,17 +6391,18 @@ end % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. - \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rm + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message % - % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the + % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. @@ -5227,8 +6434,7 @@ end % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title @@ -5244,30 +6450,6 @@ end } -% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not -% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. -% -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} -% -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\CHAPFopen{% - \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen - \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % @@ -5282,28 +6464,43 @@ end \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} +% Definition for @thissection. This can be overridden in translation +% files. +\def\thissectionDef{% + \putwordSection{} \thissectionnum: \thissectionname} +% + % Print any size, any type, section title. % -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. +% #1 is the text of the title, +% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), +% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), +% #4 is the section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % + % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an + % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is + % dubious), but not the others. + \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else + \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. + \fi + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading + % + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword @@ -5311,25 +6508,28 @@ end \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% + \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% + \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % + % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we + % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph + % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. + \par + % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark @@ -5339,28 +6539,28 @@ end % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \lastsection. + % and don't redefine \currentsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. @@ -5379,7 +6579,7 @@ end \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% @@ -5393,15 +6593,15 @@ end % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) + % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next + % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out + % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically + % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever + % + % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known + % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation + % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } @@ -5450,14 +6650,16 @@ end % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi + \ifpdforxetex + \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue + \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% +% \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active @@ -5478,6 +6680,82 @@ end \input \tocreadfilename } +% process toc file to find the maximum width of the section numbers for +% each chapter +\def\findsecnowidths{% + \begingroup + \setupdatafile + \activecatcodes + \secentryfonts + % Redefinitions + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\curchapname{secnowidth-##2}% + \curchapmax=0pt + }% + \let\appentry\numchapentry + % + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\cursecname{secnowidth-##2}% + \cursecmax=0pt + % + \setbox0=\hbox{##2}% + \ifdim\wd0>\curchapmax + \curchapmax=\wd0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\curchapname\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + }% + \let\appsecentry\numsecentry + % + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\curssecname{secnowidth-##2}% + \curssecmax=0pt + % + \setbox0=\hbox{##2}% + \ifdim\wd0>\cursecmax + \cursecmax=\wd0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\cursecname\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + }% + \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry + % + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \setbox0=\hbox{##2}% + \ifdim\wd0>\curssecmax + \curssecmax=\wd0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\curssecname\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + }% + \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry + % + % Discard any output by outputting to dummy vbox, in case the toc file + % contains macros that we have not redefined above. + \setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup + \input \tocreadfilename\relax + \egroup + \endgroup +} +\newdimen\curchapmax +\newdimen\cursecmax +\newdimen\curssecmax + + +% set #1 to the maximum section width for #2 +\def\retrievesecnowidth#1#2{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\savedsecnowidth \csname secnowidth-#2\endcsname + \ifx\savedsecnowidth\relax + #1=0pt + \else + #1=\savedsecnowidth + \fi +} +\newdimen\secnowidthchap +\secnowidthchap=0pt +\newdimen\secnowidthsec +\secnowidthsec=0pt +\newdimen\secnowidthssec +\secnowidthssec=0pt + + \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 @@ -5486,9 +6764,7 @@ end % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % @@ -5499,15 +6775,24 @@ end \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi + \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings + % Record where the Roman numerals started. + \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi + \linkentrytexttrue } +% \raggedbottom in plain.tex hardcodes \topskip so override it +\catcode`\@=11 +\def\raggedbottom{\advance\topskip by 0pt plus60pt \r@ggedbottomtrue} +\catcode`\@=\other + % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. -% +% \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. @@ -5516,6 +6801,7 @@ end \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else + \findsecnowidths \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject @@ -5525,14 +6811,14 @@ end \fi \closein 1 \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno + \contentsendroman } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % + \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry @@ -5543,6 +6829,7 @@ end \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \extrasecnoskip=0.4pt \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry @@ -5560,11 +6847,17 @@ end \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno + \contentsendroman } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents +% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again +\def\contentsendroman{% + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno=1 + \contentsendcount = \pagecount +} + % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % @@ -5572,8 +6865,6 @@ end % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and @@ -5583,18 +6874,46 @@ end \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents, +% and are read in from the *.toc file. +% +% The arguments are like: +% \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4 +% #1 - the chapter or section name. +% #2 - section number +% #3 - level of section (e.g "chap", "sec") +% #4 - page number + +% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't +% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. +% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. +\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} +\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% + % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. + % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the + % part heading, before a following chapter heading. + \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip + \penalty-300 + \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip + \dochapentry{#1}{\numeralbox}{}% +} +% +% Parts, in the short toc. +\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% + \penalty-300 + \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip + \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% +} % Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthchap{#2}% + \dochapentry{#1}{#2}{#4}% +} + % Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% + \tocentry{#1}{\shortchaplabel{#2}}{#4}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. @@ -5605,68 +6924,111 @@ end \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthchap{#2}% + \dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{}{#4}% +} % Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{}{#4}} % Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}{#4}} + +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthsec{#2}% + \dosecentry{#1}{#2}{#4}% +} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthsec{#2}% + \dosecentry{#1}{}{#4}% +} % Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthssec{#2}% + \dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}{#4}% +} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{% + \retrievesecnowidth\secnowidthssec{#2}% + \dosubsecentry{#1}{}{#4}% +} % And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text, #2 is +% a section number if present, and #3 is the page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% +\def\dochapentry#1#2#3{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup + % Move the page numbers slightly to the right + \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \extrasecnoskip=0.4em % separate chapter number more + \tocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup +\def\dosecentry#1#2#3{\begingroup + \secnowidth=\secnowidthchap \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \tocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}% \endgroup} -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2#3{\begingroup + \secnowidth=\secnowidthsec \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \tocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}% \endgroup} -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2#3{\begingroup + \secnowidth=\secnowidthssec \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \tocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}% \endgroup} -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry +% Used for the maximum width of a section number so we can align +% section titles. +\newdimen\secnowidth +\secnowidth=0pt +\newdimen\extrasecnoskip +\extrasecnoskip=0pt -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} +% \tocentry{TITLE}{SEC NO}{PAGE} +% +\def\tocentry#1#2#3{% + \def\secno{#2}% + \ifx\empty\secno + \entry{#1}{#3}% + \else + \ifdim 0pt=\secnowidth + \setbox0=\hbox{#2\hskip\labelspace\hskip\extrasecnoskip}% + \else + \advance\secnowidth by \labelspace + \advance\secnowidth by \extrasecnoskip + \setbox0=\hbox to \secnowidth{% + #2\hskip\labelspace\hskip\extrasecnoskip\hfill}% + \fi + \entrycontskip=\wd0 + \entry{\box0 #1}{#3}% + \fi +} +\newdimen\labelspace +\labelspace=0.6em \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} @@ -5677,46 +7039,12 @@ end \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% + \setregularquotes \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie @@ -5726,8 +7054,14 @@ end \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other - \escapechar=`\\ + \catcode `\`=\other + \catcode `\'=\other % + % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our + % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. + \mathactive + % + % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc @@ -5743,9 +7077,11 @@ end \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\sp=\ptexsp \let\*=\ptexstar + %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode \let\t=\ptext - \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer + \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% @@ -5775,6 +7111,24 @@ end % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text + % often leads into it. + \penalty100 + \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\def\afterenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else @@ -5790,19 +7144,13 @@ end \fi }} -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle + % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} @@ -5817,34 +7165,58 @@ end % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip -\envdef\cartouche{% +% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used +\def\cartouchefontdefs{% + \font\circle=lcircle10\relax + \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +} +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip + +\envparseargdef\cartouche{% + \cartouchefontdefs \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + % + % Set paragraph width for text inside cartouche. There are + % left and right margins of 3pt each plus two vrules 0.4pt each. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \advance\cartinner by -6.8pt + % + % For drawing top and bottom of cartouche. Each corner char + % adds 6pt and we take off the width of a rule to line up with the + % right boundary perfectly. \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness + \advance\cartouter by 11.6pt + % \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \vbox\bgroup + % + % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the + % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can + % collide with the section heading. + \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi + % + \setbox\groupbox=\vtop\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \def\arg{#1}% + \ifx\arg\empty\else + \centerV{\hfil \bf #1 \hfil}% + \fi + \kern3pt + \vskip -\parskip } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi @@ -5855,20 +7227,27 @@ end \egroup \cartbot \egroup + \addgroupbox \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. +\newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt + % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate + % the normal \indent. + \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt + \let\indent\nonfillindent + % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing @@ -5879,10 +7258,28 @@ end \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } +\begingroup +\obeyspaces +% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake +% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally +% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after +% @indent. +\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% +\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% +\ifx\temp % +\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% +\else% +\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% +\fi% +}% +\endgroup +\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} +\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} + % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} @@ -5906,41 +7303,42 @@ end } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} +% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. +\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. +\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% + \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% + \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; +% @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% +\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart - \tt\quoteexpand + \tt\setcodequotes \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return + \parsearg\gobble } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % -\makedispenv {display}{% +\makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % -\makedispenv{format}{% +\makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble @@ -5959,28 +7357,31 @@ end \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak +% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right +% justification. From plain.tex. +\envdef\raggedright{% + \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax +} +\let\Eraggedright\par + + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. +\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} +% +\def\quotationstart{% + \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } @@ -5990,12 +7391,13 @@ end % \def\Equotation{% \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } +\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% @@ -6005,6 +7407,32 @@ end \fi } +% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and +% has no optional argument. +% +\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} +% +\def\indentedblockstart{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + +% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. +% +\def\Eindentedblock{% + \par + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} +\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} + % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, @@ -6020,18 +7448,16 @@ end \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% + % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and + % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and + % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. + %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab @@ -6041,9 +7467,10 @@ end \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active + \parindent = 0pt + \setcodequotes \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and @@ -6054,75 +7481,42 @@ end % Setup for the @verbatim environment % -% Real tab expansion +% Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} - -% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right -% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote -% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it -% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least -% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the -% regular 0x27. -% -\def\codequoteright{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - '% - \else \char'15 \fi - \else \char'15 \fi -} -% -% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. -% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like -% the code environments to do likewise. -% -\def\codequoteleft{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - `% - \else \char'22 \fi - \else \char'22 \fi -} +% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle +% tabs. +\newbox\verbbox +\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw + \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox + \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } - \catcode`\'=\active - \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}% - % - \catcode`\`=\active - \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}% - % - \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}% \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% \tabexpand - \quoteexpand + \setcodequotes % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: + % make each space count. + % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces - \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique @@ -6157,13 +7551,16 @@ end % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% + \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. + % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in + % the block. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% - \setupverbatim\doverbatim + \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak @@ -6176,7 +7573,12 @@ end {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim - \input #1 + {% + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% + \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } + \expandafter + }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup \afterenvbreak }% } @@ -6189,11 +7591,13 @@ end % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% possible is desirable. % +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\macrobodyctxt\docopying} +{\catcode`\ =\other +\gdef\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +} + \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page @@ -6225,7 +7629,7 @@ end % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % - % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling + % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. @@ -6241,31 +7645,19 @@ end \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% Called as \printdefunline \deffooheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: + \plainfrenchspacing + % call \deffooheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \deffoox % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts @@ -6274,101 +7666,141 @@ end \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. +% @defblock, @defline do not automatically create index entries +\envdef\defblock{% + \startdefun +} +\let\Edefblock\Edefun + +\def\defline{% + \doingtypefnfalse + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deflineheader}% +} +\def\deflineheader#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}% +} + +\def\deftypeline{% + \doingtypefntrue + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deftypelineheader}% +} +\def\deftypelineheader#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{% + \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +% \makedefun{deffoo} (\deffooheader parameters) { (\deffooheader expansion) } % +% Define \deffoo, \deffoox \Edeffoo and \deffooheader. \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun + \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% + \def#2{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As in \startdefun, allow line break if we have multiple x headers + % in a row. It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi + % + \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#3% definition of \deffooheader follows } -%%% Untyped functions: +\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? +\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? + +% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions +% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, +% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. +% +\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +\makedefun{deffn}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{fn}{\code{#2}}% + \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } -%%% Typed functions: +% @defop category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}} +\def\defopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + \doind{fn}{\code{#3}\space\putwordon\ \code{#2}}% + \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +% Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} +\makedefun{deftypefn}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{% + \doind{fn}{\code{#3}}% + \doingtypefntrue + \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} % @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}} +\def\deftypeopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \doind{fn}{\code{#4}\space\putwordon\ \code{#1\ \code{#2}}}% + \doingtypefntrue + \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -%%% Typed variables: +% Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +\makedefun{deftypevr}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{% + \doind{vr}{\code{#3}}% + \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } -%%% Untyped variables: +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}} +\def\deftypecvheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \doind{vr}{\code{#4}\space\putwordof\ \code{#2}}% + \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +% Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}} +\def\defcvheaderx#1#2 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1}#2 {} } -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } +% Types: -%%% Type: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% + \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: @@ -6379,38 +7811,60 @@ end \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopheaderx\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopheaderx\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof} -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% \printdefname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % -\def\defname#1#2#3{% +\def\printdefname#1#2#3{% + \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function + % on a line by itself. + \rettypeownlinefalse + \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? + % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: + \ifflagclear{txideftypefnnl}{}{\rettypeownlinetrue}% + \fi + % + % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at + % least two. + \tempnum = 2 + % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % + % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. + \ifrettypeownline + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% + \else + \def\maybeshapeline{}% + \fi + % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 % - % Put the type name to the right margin. + % The final paragraph shape: + \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize @@ -6423,6 +7877,8 @@ end \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% + \def\^^M{}% for line continuation + % % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's @@ -6432,31 +7888,35 @@ end % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type + \ifx\temp\empty\else + \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type + \ifrettypeownline + % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: + \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break + \else + \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space + \fi + \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm + \ifflagclear{txidefnamenospace}{% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont + }{}% % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% +% Print arguments. Use slanted for @def*, typewriter for @deftype*. \def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 + \bgroup + \def\^^M{}% for line continuation + \df \ifdoingtypefn \tt \else \sl \fi + \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}{}% + {\def\var##1{{\setregularquotes \ttsl ##1}}}% + #1% + \egroup } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. @@ -6475,19 +7935,23 @@ end % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& + \gdef\defcharsdefault{% + \let(=\lparen \let)=\rparen + \let[=\lbrack \let]=\rbrack + \let& = \&% + } + \globaldefs=1 \defcharsdefault \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } +\let\ampchar\& \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\rm\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen @@ -6551,7 +8015,7 @@ end % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined +\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% @@ -6562,29 +8026,30 @@ end } \fi +\let\E=\expandafter + +% Used at the time of macro expansion. +% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted \def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading + % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result. + \def\xeatspaces##1{% + \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1% + }}% + \def\xempty##1{}% + % + % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. + \scantokens{#1@comment}% + % + % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and + % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla + % in math mode. } +% Used for copying and captions \def\scanexp#1{% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% - \temp + \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters @@ -6592,7 +8057,7 @@ end \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form -% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... +% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} @@ -6600,7 +8065,7 @@ end % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } @@ -6608,7 +8073,7 @@ end % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% +% \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname @@ -6625,6 +8090,11 @@ end \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } +{\catcode`\^^M=\other% +\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}% +% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument +% or for an empty argument + % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% @@ -6634,46 +8104,51 @@ end % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ +% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. +% % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. - +% % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% +% +\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other - \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other + \catcode`\\=\active + \passthroughcharstrue } -\def\macrobodyctxt{% +\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions and @copying + \scanctxt + \catcode`\ =\other + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other +} + +% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode +% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside +% an argument to another Texinfo command. +\def\macroargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\ =\active +} + +\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces \scanctxt \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. @@ -6681,22 +8156,30 @@ end % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - +% {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} +\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } + \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% + \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \if\paramno>256\relax + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} + \fi + \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% @@ -6707,7 +8190,7 @@ end \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} @@ -6719,7 +8202,7 @@ end % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo + \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else @@ -6734,129 +8217,537 @@ end \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else - \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% + \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to +% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} +% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a +% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. +% Set \paramno to the number of arguments, +% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a +% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params +% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are +% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N +% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be +% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. % -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). +% +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see +% \parsemmanyargdef. +% +\def\parsemargdef#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions + \let\xeatspaces\relax + \let\xempty\relax + \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else + \paramno0\relax + \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments + \fi +} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% + \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} +% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an +% empty macro argument. -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody +% +% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since +% rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% +% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashes in the macro +% body to be transformed. +% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \macrodef. +% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}% -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. +\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} +\catcode `@=11\relax -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the +% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is +% processed again to replace the arguments. +% +% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the +% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of +% the catcode regime under which the body was input). +% +% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more +% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). +% +% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments +% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to +% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list +% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments +% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining +% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. +\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ + \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa + \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% + % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we + % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an + % \xdef . + \expandafter\edef\tempa + {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi\next} + + +\let\endargs@\relax +\let\nil@\relax +\def\nilm@{\nil@}% +\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% + +% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its +% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros +% macarg.ARGNAME +% +% #1 is the macro name +% #2 is the list of argument names +% #3 is the list of argument values +\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% + \def\macargdeflist@{}% + \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. + \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% + \def\macroname{#1}% + \begingroup + \macroargctxt + \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% + \def\@tempa{#3}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty + \setemptyargvalues@ \else - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 + \getargvals@@ + \fi +} +\def\getargvals@@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% + \fi + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg + % macros to empty. + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \else + % pop current arg name into \@tempb + \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% + % pop current argument value into \@tempc + \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% + % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. + % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd + \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% + \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% + \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% + \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% + \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ + \let\next\getargvals@@ + \fi + \fi + \next +} + +\def\push@#1#2{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter#1#2}% +} + +% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result +% in macro \@tempa. +% +\def\macvalstoargs@{% + % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed + % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument + % values into respective token registers. + % + % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. + \begingroup + \paramno0\relax + % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument + % value into a new token list register \toks#N + \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% + % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their + % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they + % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . + \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% + % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers + % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after + % group. + \expandafter + \endgroup + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% + } + +% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. +% +\def\macargexpandinbody@{% + \expandafter + \endgroup + \macargdeflist@ + % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result + % is in \@tempa . + \macvalstoargs@ + % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value + % with \@tempb . + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname + % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing + % \egroup . + \ifx\@tempb\gobble + \let\@tempc\relax + \else + \let\@tempc\egroup + \fi + % And now we do the real job: + \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% + \@tempd +} + +\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next\relax + \else + \let\next\putargsintokens@ + % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary + % alias \@tempb . + \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno + % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname + \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi + \next +} + +% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. +% +\def\setemptyargvalues@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \fi + \next +} + +\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% + \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% + \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ + \def\paramlist{#2}% +} + +% #1 is the element target macro +% #2 is the list macro +% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value +\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \def#1{#3}% + \def#2{#4}% +} +\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \long\def#1{#3}% + \long\def#2{#4}% +} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. +% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for +% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". +% \paramno is the number of parameters +% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," +% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. +% +\def\macrodef{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifnum\paramno=1 + \long\def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% + % We don't use \xeatspaces for single-argument macros, because we + % want to keep ends of lines. This definition removes \xeatspaces + % when \macrobody is expanded below. + \else + \def\xeatspaces{\string\xeatspaces}% + % This expands \xeatspaces as a sequence of character tokens, which + % stops \scantokens inserting an extra space after the control sequence. + \fi + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \begingroup + \noexpand\spaceisspace + \noexpand\endlineisspace + \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% + \endgroup + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \begingroup + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \endgroup + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% + }% + \else % at most 9 + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax + % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument + % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a + % comma. + % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. + % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \begingroup + \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the + \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. + \noexpand\expandafter + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% + \noexpand\passargtomacro + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% + \endgroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \else % 10 or more: + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble \fi \fi} +\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes + \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape +@catcode`@_=11 % private names +@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator + +% \passargtomacro#1#2 - +% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 +% compressed to one. +% +% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use +% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where +% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to +% an auxiliary file for an index entry). +% +% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to +% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is +% +% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) +% +% where: +% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call +% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro +% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing +% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next + +@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% + @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% +} +@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 used to look ahead +% +% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; +% otherwise, remove the next token. +@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% + @ifx#4\% + @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish + @else + @expandafter@add_segment + @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. +% #5 looks ahead +% +% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. +@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% + @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% +} + +@gdef@is_fi{@fi} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 is input stream until next backslash +% +% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a +% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. +% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, +% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until +% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent +% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been +% added to ARG_RESULT. +@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% +@ifx#3@_finish + @call_the_macro#1!% +@else + % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment + @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi + % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. + % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how + % long #4 is. +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO +% #2 - ARG_RESULT +% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the +% conditional. +@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} + +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks +% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context +% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, +% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular +% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. +% \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg + \ifx\nchar\bgroup + \macroargctxt + \expandafter\passargtomacro + \else + \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} +% @linemacro + +\parseargdef\linemacro{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty + \paramno=0 + \let\hash\relax + \def\paramlist{\hash 1\endlinemacro}% + \else + \expandafter\linegetparamlist\argl;% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash + \parselinemacrobody +} + +% Build up \paramlist which will be used as the parameter text for the macro. +% At the end it will be like "#1 #2 #3\endlinemacro". +\def\linegetparamlist#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + \linegetparamlistxxx#1,;,% +} +\def\linegetparamlistxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\linegetparamlistxxxx + \else \let\next=\linegetparamlistxxx + \advance\paramno by 1 + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\hash\the\paramno}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno\space}% + \fi\next} +\def\linegetparamlistxxxx{% + \expandafter\fixparamlist\paramlist\fixparamlist +} +% Replace final space token +\def\fixparamlist#1 \fixparamlist{% + \def\paramlist{#1\endlinemacro}% +} + +% Read the body of the macro, replacing backslash-surrounded variables +% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parselinemacrobody#1@end linemacro{% +\xdef\macrobody{#1}% +\endgroup +\linemacrodef +}} + +% Make the definition +\def\linemacrodef{% + \let\hash=##% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\parsearg + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname + } + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \expandafter\noexpand + \csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1\noexpand\endlinemacro + } + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname\paramlist{% + \newlinechar=13 % split \macrobody into lines + \noexpand\scantokens{\macrobody}% + } +} + + + % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% @@ -6877,7 +8768,8 @@ end % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% + \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in @@ -6891,9 +8783,31 @@ end % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} + +% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex +% conditional. +% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need +% that here. +\def\omittopnode{% + \ifx\lastnode\wordTop + \expandafter\ignorenode\fi +} +\def\wordTop{Top} + +% Until the next @node, @part or @bye command, divert output to a box that +% is not output. +\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup +\def\part{\egroup\part}% +\def\node{\egroup\node}% +\ignorenodebye +} + +{\let\bye\relax +\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} +\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} +% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer -\let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the @@ -6906,6 +8820,11 @@ end \fi } +% @nodedescription, @nodedescriptionblock - do nothing for TeX +\parseargdef\nodedescription{} +\def\nodedescriptionblock{\doignore{nodedescriptionblock}} + + % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister @@ -6916,7 +8835,7 @@ end % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. @@ -6930,48 +8849,176 @@ end \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% + \requireauxfile \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. + \def\value##1{##1}% \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout + \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } +% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used +% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. +% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title +% variable, now it's official. +% +\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} +\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} +\def\ref{\xrefXX} + +\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} +\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} +% +\newbox\toprefbox +\newbox\printedrefnamebox +\newbox\infofilenamebox +\newbox\printedmanualbox +% \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % + \getprintedrefname{#1}{#3}{#5}% + \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% + \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% + % + \startxreflink{#1}{#4}% + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by + % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert + % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not + % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, + % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name + % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + % + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. + % + \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% + % + \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no + % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as + % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. + % + \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% + % + \else + % Reference within this manual. + % + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref + % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + % + % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + \ifflagclear{txiomitxrefpg}{% + % We always want a comma + ,% + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \putpageref{#1}% + % Add a , if xref followed by a space + \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% + \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB + \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* + \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE + \else\ifx\ + \tokenafterxref ,% @NL + \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + }{}% + \fi\fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% \getprintedrefname{NODE}{LABEL}{MANUAL} +% - set \printedrefname and \printedmanual +% +\def\getprintedrefname#1#2#3{% + % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #2}% + \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + % + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + % + % If the printed reference name (arg #2) was not explicitly given in + % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. + \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax + % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside + % the square brackets if we have it. + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% @@ -6979,90 +9026,87 @@ end \fi \fi \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf +} + +% \startxreflink{NODE}{FILE} - start link in pdf output. +\def\startxreflink#1#2{% + \ifpdforxetex + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX {\indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ - % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. - \getfilename{#4}% + % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in + % #2, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. + \getfilename{#2}% % - % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing + % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + % + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets + \fi % \leavevmode - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% - \else - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% + \ifpdf + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% + \else + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% + \fi + \else % XeTeX + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + % With default settings, + % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. + % In this case, the replaced destination names of + % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, + % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. + % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), + % this command line option is no longer necessary + % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A + << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% + \else + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A + << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% + \fi \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the - % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}{}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% +} + +% can be overridden in translation files +\def\putpageref#1{% + \space\putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}} + +% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). +% +% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither +% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply +% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. +% +% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the +% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in +% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less +% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., +% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. +% +% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every +% reference, since the current font is indeterminate. +% +\def\crossmanualxref#1{% + \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? + \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? + \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space \fi \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} + #1% +} % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, @@ -7071,6 +9115,21 @@ end % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} +% @link{NODENAME, LABEL, MANUAL} - create a "plain" link, with no +% page number. Not useful if printed on paper. +% +\def\link#1{\linkX[#1,,,]} +\def\linkX[#1,#2,#3,#4]{% + \begingroup + \unsepspaces + \getprintedrefname{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \startxreflink{#1}{#3}% + \printedrefname + \endlink + \endgroup +} + + % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} @@ -7099,13 +9158,13 @@ end \fi\fi\fi } -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. -% -\def\refx#1#2{% +% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +\def\refx#1{% + \requireauxfile {% \indexnofonts - \otherbackslash + \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% @@ -7114,7 +9173,8 @@ end \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue @@ -7126,23 +9186,30 @@ end % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. } -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's -% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid -% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control +% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence +% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float +% type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% - {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current - % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these - % mess up the control sequence name. + {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. + % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands + % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref + \bgroup + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% + \egroup + % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on + % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with + % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does + % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname @@ -7165,6 +9232,23 @@ end \fi } +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. +\def\requireauxfile{% + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi + \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. +} + % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% @@ -7204,19 +9288,6 @@ end \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other - % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. - % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't - % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, - % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ - % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat - % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first - % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could - % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. - % - % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: - % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter - % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. - % \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... @@ -7224,34 +9295,17 @@ end \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\|=\active + \catcode`\<=\active + \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % - % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ - % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than - % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ - % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* - % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that - % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for - % now. --karl, 15jan04. - \catcode`\\=\other - % - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count1=\other - \advance\count1 by 1 - \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% + \catcode`\\=\active % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 @@ -7278,15 +9332,13 @@ end % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % @@ -7310,10 +9362,15 @@ end % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup + % + % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot + % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) + \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest + % % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\pagewidth + \hsize=\txipagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox @@ -7341,17 +9398,30 @@ end % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut + % + % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 +\def\errfootnotenest{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, + even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} +} + +\def\errfootnoteheading{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} +} + % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - +% % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. @@ -7425,10 +9495,10 @@ end \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} + it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% @@ -7438,44 +9508,76 @@ end \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } + +% Approximate height of a line in the standard text font. +\newdimen\capheight +\setbox0=\vbox{\tenrm H} +\capheight=\ht0 + % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - % If the image is by itself, center it. + \makevalueexpandable \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\medskip + \medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak + \vskip\parskip + % + % Place image in a \vtop for a top page margin that is (close to) correct, + % as \topskip glue is relative to the first baseline. + \vtop\bgroup \kern -\capheight \vskip-\parskip \fi % - % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing - % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if - % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation. - \noindent + \ifx\centersub\centerV + % For @center @image, enter vertical mode and add vertical space + % Enter an extra \parskip because @center doesn't add space itself. + \vbox\bgroup\vskip\parskip\medskip\vskip\parskip + \else + % Enter horizontal mode so that indentation from an enclosing + % environment such as @quotation is respected. + % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the + % normal paragraph indentation. + \imageindent + \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + % For epsf.tex + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \else + % For XeTeX + \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \fi \fi % - \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image + \ifimagevmode + \egroup + \medskip % space after a standalone image + \fi + \ifx\centersub\centerV % @center @image + \medskip + \egroup % close \vbox + \fi \endgroup} @@ -7542,13 +9644,13 @@ end \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% - % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the + % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % - \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi @@ -7591,7 +9693,7 @@ end % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. @@ -7615,32 +9717,20 @@ end % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% + \requireauxfile \atdummies % - % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M - % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so - % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. - \scanexp{% - \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \thiscaption - \else - \thisshortcaption - \fi - }% - }% + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% + \else + \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% + \fi \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % - % place the captured inserts - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning - % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly - % float. --kasal, 26may04 - % \checkinserts } @@ -7654,8 +9744,8 @@ end % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanctxt\docaptionz} +\def\docaptionz#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. @@ -7683,7 +9773,7 @@ end % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \lastsection value which we \setref above. +% \currentsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % @@ -7747,47 +9837,139 @@ end \message{localization,} -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE) -% abbreviation. It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file. +% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very +% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language +% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup - \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. + \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 - \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% + \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 - \endgroup -\endgroup} + \endgroup % end raw TeX } % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. -% -\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% +% +\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } +}% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current +directory should work if nowhere else does.} +% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the +% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and +% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. +% +% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. +% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., +% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. +% +% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all +% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in +% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the +% accented characters problem.) +% +\catcode`@=11 +\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% + % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. + \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax + \message{no patterns for #1}% + \else + \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname + \fi + % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. + \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax + \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax +} + +% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. +% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. +% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. +% +\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable +\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio + +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \txinativeunicodecapablefalse + \txiusebytewiseiotrue + \else + \txinativeunicodecapabletrue + \txiusebytewiseiofalse + \fi +\else + \txinativeunicodecapabletrue + \txiusebytewiseiofalse +\fi + +% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex +% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. +% +\def\setbytewiseio{% + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read + \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file + % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for + % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. + % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in + % place of non-ASCII characters. + \fi + + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \else + \directlua{ + local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub + local function convert_char (char) + return utf8_char(byte(char)) + end + + local function convert_line (line) + return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) + end + + callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) + + local function convert_line_out (line) + local line_out = "" + for c in string.utfvalues(line) do + line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) + end + return line_out + end + + callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) + } + \fi + + \txiusebytewiseiotrue +} + + +% Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% @@ -7809,7 +9991,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % -\parseargdef\documentencoding{% +\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} +\def\documentencodingzzz#1{% + % % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % @@ -7825,277 +10009,315 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \utfeightchardefs + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) + \nativeunicodechardefs + \else + % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX). + % Since we already invoke \utfeightchardefs at the top level, + % making non-ascii chars active is sufficient. + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \fi % - \else - \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% + \else + \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii + % + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii + \else + \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % + non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi } % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). -% -\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} +% +\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} -% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be -% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of -% macros containing the character definitions. +\def\gdefchar#1#2{% +\gdef#1{% + \ifpassthroughchars + \string#1% + \else + #2% + \fi +}} + +\begingroup + +% Make non-ASCII characters active for defining the character definition +% macros. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active -% + % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. -\def\latonechardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} - \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} - \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} - \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} - \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} - \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} - \gdef^^a7{\S} - \gdef^^a8{\"{}} - \gdef^^a9{\copyright} - \gdef^^aa{\ordf} - \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} - \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} - \gdef^^ad{\-} - \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} - \gdef^^af{\={}} +\gdef\latonechardefs{% + \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} + \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} + \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent + \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} + \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency + \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen + \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar + \gdefchar^^a7{\S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} + \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} + \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} + \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} + \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} + \gdefchar^^ad{\-} + \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} + \gdefchar^^af{\={}} % - \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} - \gdef^^b2{$^2$} - \gdef^^b3{$^3$} - \gdef^^b4{\'{}} - \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} - \gdef^^b6{\P} + \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} + \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} + \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} + \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} + \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} + \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} + \gdefchar^^b6{\P} + \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} + \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} + \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} + \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} + \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} + \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} + \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} + \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} % - \gdef^^b7{$^.$} - \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdef^^b9{$^1$} - \gdef^^ba{\ordm} + \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} + \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} + \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} + \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} + \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} + \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} + \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} + \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} + \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} + \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} + \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} + \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} + \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} + \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} + \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} % - \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} - \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} - \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} - \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} - \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} + \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} + \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} + \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} + \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} + \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} + \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} + \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} + \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} + \gdefchar^^d8{\O} + \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} + \gdefchar^^da{\'U} + \gdefchar^^db{\^U} + \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} + \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} + \gdefchar^^de{\TH} + \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % - \gdef^^c0{\`A} - \gdef^^c1{\'A} - \gdef^^c2{\^A} - \gdef^^c3{\~A} - \gdef^^c4{\"A} - \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} - \gdef^^c6{\AE} - \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdef^^c8{\`E} - \gdef^^c9{\'E} - \gdef^^ca{\^E} - \gdef^^cb{\"E} - \gdef^^cc{\`I} - \gdef^^cd{\'I} - \gdef^^ce{\^I} - \gdef^^cf{\"I} + \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} + \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} + \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} + \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} + \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} + \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} + \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} + \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} + \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} + \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} + \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} + \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}} - \gdef^^d1{\~N} - \gdef^^d2{\`O} - \gdef^^d3{\'O} - \gdef^^d4{\^O} - \gdef^^d5{\~O} - \gdef^^d6{\"O} - \gdef^^d7{$\times$} - \gdef^^d8{\O} - \gdef^^d9{\`U} - \gdef^^da{\'U} - \gdef^^db{\^U} - \gdef^^dc{\"U} - \gdef^^dd{\'Y} - \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}} - \gdef^^df{\ss} - % - \gdef^^e0{\`a} - \gdef^^e1{\'a} - \gdef^^e2{\^a} - \gdef^^e3{\~a} - \gdef^^e4{\"a} - \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} - \gdef^^e6{\ae} - \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdef^^e8{\`e} - \gdef^^e9{\'e} - \gdef^^ea{\^e} - \gdef^^eb{\"e} - \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} - % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}} - \gdef^^f1{\~n} - \gdef^^f2{\`o} - \gdef^^f3{\'o} - \gdef^^f4{\^o} - \gdef^^f5{\~o} - \gdef^^f6{\"o} - \gdef^^f7{$\div$} - \gdef^^f8{\o} - \gdef^^f9{\`u} - \gdef^^fa{\'u} - \gdef^^fb{\^u} - \gdef^^fc{\"u} - \gdef^^fd{\'y} - \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}} - \gdef^^ff{\"y} + \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} + \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} + \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} + \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} + \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} + \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} + \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} + \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} + \gdefchar^^f8{\o} + \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} + \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} + \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} + \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} + \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} + \gdefchar^^fe{\th} + \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. -\def\latninechardefs{% +\gdef\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % - \gdef^^a4{\euro} - \gdef^^a6{\v S} - \gdef^^a8{\v s} - \gdef^^b4{\v Z} - \gdef^^b8{\v z} - \gdef^^bc{\OE} - \gdef^^bd{\oe} - \gdef^^be{\"Y} + \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} + \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} + \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} + \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} + \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} + \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} + \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. -\def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} - \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^a2{\u{}} - \gdef^^a3{\L} - \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdef^^a5{\v L} - \gdef^^a6{\'S} - \gdef^^a7{\S} - \gdef^^a8{\"{}} - \gdef^^a9{\v S} - \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} - \gdef^^ab{\v T} - \gdef^^ac{\'Z} - \gdef^^ad{\-} - \gdef^^ae{\v Z} - \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} +\gdef\lattwochardefs{% + \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} + \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} + \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} + \gdefchar^^a3{\L} + \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} + \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} + \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} + \gdefchar^^a7{\S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} + \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} + \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} + \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} + \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} + \gdefchar^^ad{\-} + \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} + \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} % - \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}} - \gdef^^b3{\l} - \gdef^^b4{\'{}} - \gdef^^b5{\v l} - \gdef^^b6{\'s} - \gdef^^b7{\v{}} - \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdef^^b9{\v s} - \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} - \gdef^^bb{\v t} - \gdef^^bc{\'z} - \gdef^^bd{\H{}} - \gdef^^be{\v z} - \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} + \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} + \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} + \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} + \gdefchar^^b3{\l} + \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} + \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} + \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} + \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} + \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} + \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} + \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} + \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} + \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} + \gdefchar^^be{\v z} + \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} % - \gdef^^c0{\'R} - \gdef^^c1{\'A} - \gdef^^c2{\^A} - \gdef^^c3{\u A} - \gdef^^c4{\"A} - \gdef^^c5{\'L} - \gdef^^c6{\'C} - \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdef^^c8{\v C} - \gdef^^c9{\'E} - \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^cb{\"E} - \gdef^^cc{\v E} - \gdef^^cd{\'I} - \gdef^^ce{\^I} - \gdef^^cf{\v D} + \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} + \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} + \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} + \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} + \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} + \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} + \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} + \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} + \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} + \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} + \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} + \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} + \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} + \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} + \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} - \gdef^^d1{\'N} - \gdef^^d2{\v N} - \gdef^^d3{\'O} - \gdef^^d4{\^O} - \gdef^^d5{\H O} - \gdef^^d6{\"O} - \gdef^^d7{$\times$} - \gdef^^d8{\v R} - \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} - \gdef^^da{\'U} - \gdef^^db{\H U} - \gdef^^dc{\"U} - \gdef^^dd{\'Y} - \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} - \gdef^^df{\ss} + \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} + \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} + \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} + \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} + \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} + \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} + \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} + \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} + \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} + \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} + \gdefchar^^da{\'U} + \gdefchar^^db{\H U} + \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} + \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} + \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} + \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % - \gdef^^e0{\'r} - \gdef^^e1{\'a} - \gdef^^e2{\^a} - \gdef^^e3{\u a} - \gdef^^e4{\"a} - \gdef^^e5{\'l} - \gdef^^e6{\'c} - \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdef^^e8{\v c} - \gdef^^e9{\'e} - \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^eb{\"e} - \gdef^^ec{\v e} - \gdef^^ed{\'\i} - \gdef^^ee{\^\i} - \gdef^^ef{\v d} + \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} + \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} + \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} + \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} + \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} + \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} + \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} + \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} + \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} + \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} + \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} + \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} + \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} + \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} + \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} - \gdef^^f1{\'n} - \gdef^^f2{\v n} - \gdef^^f3{\'o} - \gdef^^f4{\^o} - \gdef^^f5{\H o} - \gdef^^f6{\"o} - \gdef^^f7{$\div$} - \gdef^^f8{\v r} - \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} - \gdef^^fa{\'u} - \gdef^^fb{\H u} - \gdef^^fc{\"u} - \gdef^^fd{\'y} - \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} - \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} + \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} + \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} + \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} + \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} + \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} + \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} + \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} + \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} + \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} + \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} + \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} + \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} + \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} + \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} + \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} + \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } +\endgroup % active chars + % UTF-8 character definitions. -% +% % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. -% +% \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz @@ -8117,38 +10339,94 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \fi } +% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences \begingroup \catcode`\~13 + \catcode`\$12 \catcode`\"12 + % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp + % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx + \uccode`\$\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} + % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to + % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. + \countUTFx = "80 + \countUTFy = "C2 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% + \UTFviiiLoop + \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi + }}% \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup +\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below + +% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. +\def\U#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is + % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, + % letters are missing. + \begingroup + \uccode`\.="#1\relax + \uppercase{.} + \endgroup + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% + \fi + \else + \csname uni:#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control +% sequence to be defined. +\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% +\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% +\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% + +% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), +% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; +% this gets used by the @U command +% \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 @@ -8157,454 +10435,941 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 - - \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% + \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% \begingroup \parseXMLCharref - \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% - \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% - \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% + + % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's + % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. + % + % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 + % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname + % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) + % + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else + \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% + \fi + % + % define an additional control sequence for this code point. + \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp \endgroup} - + % + % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp + % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% - \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax + \ifnum\countUTFz < "20\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% + \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 0020}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% + \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% + \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% - \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% + \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } + % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. + % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. + % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one + % of the bytes. \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 - \countUTFy = \countUTFz + \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. \multiply\countUTFz by 64 + + % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract + % in order to get the last five bits. \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz + + % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} + % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp + % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 + % sequence. + % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. + % #3 is always a full stop (.) + % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these + % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally +% +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% + \catcode"#1=\other +} + +% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M +% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) +% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) +% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A +% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B +% +% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing +% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts +% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without +% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, +% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. +% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at +% least make most of the characters not bomb out. +% +\def\unicodechardefs{% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0020}{ } % space + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0021}{\char"21 }% % space to terminate number + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0022}{\char"22 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0023}{\char"23 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0024}{\char"24 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0025}{\char"25 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0026}{\char"26 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0027}{\char"27 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0028}{\char"28 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0029}{\char"29 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002A}{\char"2A }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002B}{\char"2B }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002C}{\char"2C }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002D}{\char"2D }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002E}{\char"2E }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002F}{\char"2F }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0030}{0}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0031}{1}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0032}{2}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0033}{3}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0034}{4}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0035}{5}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0036}{6}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0037}{7}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0038}{8}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0039}{9}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003A}{\char"3A }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003B}{\char"3B }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003C}{\char"3C }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003D}{\char"3D }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003E}{\char"3E }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003F}{\char"3F }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0040}{\char"40 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0041}{A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0042}{B}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0043}{C}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0044}{D}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0045}{E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0046}{F}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0047}{G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0048}{H}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0049}{I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004A}{J}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004B}{K}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004C}{L}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004D}{M}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004E}{N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004F}{O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0050}{P}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0051}{Q}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0052}{R}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0053}{S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0054}{T}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0055}{U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0056}{V}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0057}{W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0058}{X}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0059}{Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005A}{Z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005B}{\char"5B }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005C}{\char"5C }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005D}{\char"5D }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005E}{\char"5E }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005F}{\char"5F }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0060}{\char"60 }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0061}{a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0062}{b}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0063}{c}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0064}{d}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0065}{e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0066}{f}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0067}{g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0068}{h}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0069}{i}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006A}{j}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006B}{k}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006C}{l}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006D}{m}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006E}{n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006F}{o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0070}{p}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0071}{q}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0072}{r}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0073}{s}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0074}{t}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0075}{u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0076}{v}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0077}{w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0078}{x}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0079}{y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007A}{z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007B}{\char"7B }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007C}{\char"7C }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007D}{\char"7D }% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007E}{\char"7E }% + % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007F}{} % DEL + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\textdegree}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% + % + % Greek letters upper case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% + %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% + % + % Vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% + % + % Standalone accent + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% + % + % Greek letters lower case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% + % + % More Greek vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% + % + % Variant Greek letters + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% + % + % Exotic spaces + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2007}{\hphantom{0}}% + % + % Punctuation + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\arrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% + % + % Mathematical symbols + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% + % + \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% +}% end of \unicodechardefs + +% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) +% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. \def\utfeightchardefs{% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii + \unicodechardefs +} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} +% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to +% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to +% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for +% printing the correct glyphs. +\newif\ifpassthroughchars +\passthroughcharsfalse - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character +% +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% + \ifnum"#1>"7F % only make non-ASCII chars active + \catcode"#1=\active + \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% + \begingroup + \uccode`\~="##2\relax + \uppercase{\gdef~}{% + \ifpassthroughchars + ##1% + \else + ##3% + \fi + } + \endgroup + } + \begingroup + \uccode`\.="#1\relax + \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% + \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup + \fi +} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} +% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. +% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. +\def\nativeunicodechardefs{% + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative + \unicodechardefs +} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} -}% end of \utfeightchardefs +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% make the character token expand +% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% + \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} + \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp +} +% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). +\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU + \unicodechardefs +} % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } -% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with -% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a -% document encoding. -% -\setnonasciicharscatcode \other +% Define all Unicode characters we know about +\iftxinativeunicodecapable + \nativeunicodechardefsatu +\else + \utfeightchardefs +\fi \message{formatting,} @@ -8618,8 +11383,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 +% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 @@ -8653,14 +11418,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \pageheight = \vsize + \txipageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \pagewidth = \hsize + \txipagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax @@ -8672,6 +11433,14 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \special{papersize=#8,#7}% + \else + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. + \fi \fi % \setleading{\textleading} @@ -8704,29 +11473,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} -% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. -% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) -\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% - {-.2in}{-.4in}% - {0pt}{14pt}% - {9in}{6in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.25in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .4cm -}} - % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt @@ -8748,7 +11498,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} @@ -8761,13 +11510,12 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\voffset}{-11.4mm}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 - \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm @@ -8795,6 +11543,18 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \globaldefs = 0 }} +\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}% + {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{14pt}% + {176mm}{125mm}% + \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + + % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. @@ -8808,10 +11568,12 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax - \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line + % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and + % bottom margin % \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% @@ -8823,175 +11585,375 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \letterpaper +% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. +\hfuzz = 1pt + + +\message{microtype,} + +% protrusion, from Thanh's protcode.tex. +\def\mtsetprotcode#1{% + \rpcode#1`\!=200 \rpcode#1`\,=700 \rpcode#1`\-=700 \rpcode#1`\.=700 + \rpcode#1`\;=500 \rpcode#1`\:=500 \rpcode#1`\?=200 + \rpcode#1`\'=700 + \rpcode#1 34=500 % '' + \rpcode#1 123=300 % -- + \rpcode#1 124=200 % --- + \rpcode#1`\)=50 \rpcode#1`\A=50 \rpcode#1`\F=50 \rpcode#1`\K=50 + \rpcode#1`\L=50 \rpcode#1`\T=50 \rpcode#1`\V=50 \rpcode#1`\W=50 + \rpcode#1`\X=50 \rpcode#1`\Y=50 \rpcode#1`\k=50 \rpcode#1`\r=50 + \rpcode#1`\t=50 \rpcode#1`\v=50 \rpcode#1`\w=50 \rpcode#1`\x=50 + \rpcode#1`\y=50 + % + \lpcode#1`\`=700 + \lpcode#1 92=500 % `` + \lpcode#1`\(=50 \lpcode#1`\A=50 \lpcode#1`\J=50 \lpcode#1`\T=50 + \lpcode#1`\V=50 \lpcode#1`\W=50 \lpcode#1`\X=50 \lpcode#1`\Y=50 + \lpcode#1`\v=50 \lpcode#1`\w=50 \lpcode#1`\x=50 \lpcode#1`\y=0 + % + \mtadjustprotcode#1\relax +} + +\newcount\countC +\def\mtadjustprotcode#1{% + \countC=0 + \loop + \ifcase\lpcode#1\countC\else + \mtadjustcp\lpcode#1\countC + \fi + \ifcase\rpcode#1\countC\else + \mtadjustcp\rpcode#1\countC + \fi + \advance\countC 1 + \ifnum\countC < 256 \repeat +} + +\newcount\countB +\def\mtadjustcp#1#2#3{% + \setbox\boxA=\hbox{% + \ifx#2\font\else#2\fi + \char#3}% + \countB=\wd\boxA + \multiply\countB #1#2#3\relax + \divide\countB \fontdimen6 #2\relax + #1#2#3=\countB\relax +} + +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \ifpdf % pdfTeX + \mtsetprotcode\textrm + \def\mtfontexpand#1{\pdffontexpand#1 20 20 1 autoexpand\relax} + \else % TeX + \def\mtfontexpand#1{} + \fi + \else % LuaTeX + \mtsetprotcode\textrm + \def\mtfontexpand#1{\expandglyphsinfont#1 20 20 1\relax} + \fi +\else % XeTeX + \mtsetprotcode\textrm + \def\mtfontexpand#1{} +\fi + + +\newif\ifmicrotype + +\def\microtypeON{% + \microtypetrue + % + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \ifpdf % pdfTeX + \pdfadjustspacing=2 + \pdfprotrudechars=2 + \fi + \else % LuaTeX + \adjustspacing=2 + \protrudechars=2 + \fi + \else % XeTeX + \XeTeXprotrudechars=2 + \fi + % + \mtfontexpand\textrm + \mtfontexpand\textsl + \mtfontexpand\textbf +} + +\def\microtypeOFF{% + \microtypefalse + % + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \ifpdf % pdfTeX + \pdfadjustspacing=0 + \pdfprotrudechars=0 + \fi + \else % LuaTeX + \adjustspacing=0 + \protrudechars=0 + \fi + \else % XeTeX + \XeTeXprotrudechars=0 + \fi +} + +\microtypeOFF + +\parseargdef\microtype{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\onword + \microtypeON + \else\ifx\txiarg\offword + \microtypeOFF + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @microtype option `\txiarg', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} +% Make UTF-8 the default encoding. +\documentencodingzzz{UTF-8} + +\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment +\catcode`\^^K = 10 % treat vertical tab as whitespace + +% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. +\catcode`\^^? = 14 + % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} +\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} +\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} +\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} +\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} +\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} +\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} +% Set catcodes for Texinfo file -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - +% \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} +\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde +\chardef\hatchar=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\let\realunder=_ -% Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } +\let\realunder=_ + +\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} +\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless \chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr +\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page +% breaks in the middle of an @tex block. +\def\texinfochars{% + \let< = \activeless + \let> = \activegtr + \let~ = \activetilde + \let^ = \activehat + \setregularquotes + \let\b = \strong + \let\i = \smartitalic + % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. +} % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% - \normalturnoffactive + \passthroughcharstrue + \let-=\normaldash + \let"=\normaldoublequote + \let$=\normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + \let+=\normalplus + \let<=\normalless + \let>=\normalgreater + \let^=\normalcaret + \let_=\normalunderscore + \let|=\normalverticalbar + \let~=\normaltilde \otherbackslash + \setregularquotes + \unsepspaces } -\catcode`\@=0 +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \loadconf turn them back on. +\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ -\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and -% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} +% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use +% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char +% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol +% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex +% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, +% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; +% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the +% usual hex value because it has already been made active. -% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +\def\ttbackslash{{\tt \ifmmode \mathchar29020 \else \backslashcurfont \fi}} +\let\backslashchar = \ttbackslash % \backslashchar{} is for user documents. + +% These are made active for url-breaking, so need +% active definitions as the normal characters. +\def\normaldot{.} +\def\normalquest{?} +\def\normalslash{/} + +% \newlinesloadsconf - call \loadconf as soon as possible in the +% file, e.g. at the first newline. +% +{\catcode`\^=7 +\catcode`\^^M=13 +\gdef\newlineloadsconf{% + \catcode`\^^M=13 % + \newlineloadsconfzz% +} +\gdef\newlineloadsconfzz#1^^M{% + \def\c{\loadconf\c}% + % Definition for the first newline read in the file + \def ^^M{\loadconf}% + % In case the first line has a whole-line or environment command on it + \let\originalparsearg\parsearg% + \def\parsearg{\loadconf\originalparsearg}% + % + % \startenvironment is in the expansion of commands defined with \envdef + \let\originalstartenvironment\startenvironment% + \def\startenvironment{\loadconf\startenvironment}% +}} + + +% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token +% appears by mistake. +{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode13=13% +\gdef\enableemergencynewline{% + \gdef^^M{% + \par% + %\par% +}}} + + +% \loadconf gets called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. +% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. Useful for site-wide +% @afourpaper, etc. Not opening texinfo.cnf directly in texinfo.tex +% makes it possible to make a format file for Texinfo. +% +\gdef\loadconf{% + \relax % Terminate the filename if running as "tex '&texinfo' FILE.texi". + % + % Turn off the definitions that trigger \loadconf + \everyjobreset + \catcode13=5 % regular end of line + \enableemergencynewline + \let\c=\comment + \let\parsearg\originalparsearg + \let\startenvironment\originalstartenvironment + % + % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input + % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. + \catcode`+=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + % + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi + \closein 1 +} + +% Redefine some control sequences to be controlled by the \ifdummies +% and \ifindexnofonts switches. Do this at the end so that the control +% sequences are all defined. +\definedummies + + + + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active -@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} -% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: -% @let \ = @normalbackslash +\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. + +@let\ = @ttbackslash + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number. +% \eatinput stops the `\input texinfo' from showing up. +% After that, `\' should revert to printing a backslash. +% Turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +% +@everyjob{@message{[Texinfo version @texinfoversion]}% + @global@let\ = @eatinput + @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} + +{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@loadconf}} + +@def@everyjobreset{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi} -% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. -@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{% - @let\=@normalbackslash - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. % -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active +{@catcode`- = @active + @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% + @turnoffactive + @let\=@ttbackslash + } } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other +% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. +@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} +@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} +@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} +@let @hashchar = @normalhash + +@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and +@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we +@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. +@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. +@catcode`@'=@active +@catcode`@`=@active @c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp nil t) +@c time-stamp-pattern: "texinfoversion{%Y-%02m-%02d.%02H}" @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: -@c vim:sw=2: - -@ignore - arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 -@end ignore +@newlineloadsconf